Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 2017

Registration No. 333-216546

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1 to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Modern Media Acquisition Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6770   47-1277598

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Telephone: (404) 443-1182

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Modern Media Acquisition Corp.

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Telephone: (404) 443-1182

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mark L. Hanson, Esq.

Neil M. Simon, Esq.

Jones Day

1420 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 800

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

(404) 521-3939

 

Alan Annex, Esq.

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

MetLife Building

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

(212) 801-9200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Security Being Registered

 

Amount Being

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

per Security (1)

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Units, each consisting of one share of common stock, $0.0001 par value, and one-half of one warrant

  28,750,000 Units (2)   $10.00   $287,500,000   $33,321

Shares of common stock included as part of the units (3)

  28,750,000 Shares (4)       (6)

Warrants included as part of the units (3)

  14,375,000 Warrants (5)       (6)

Total

          $287,500,000   $33,321

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Includes 3,750,000 units, consisting of 3,750,000 shares of common stock and 1,875,000 warrants, which may be issued upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(4) Includes 3,750,000 shares of common stock which may be issued upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(5) Includes 1,875,000 warrants which may be issued upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(6) Pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, no additional fee.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not offer or sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 24, 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

$250,000,000

25,000,000 Units

 

 

Modern Media Acquisition Corp. is a Delaware corporation formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have not selected any potential business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any potential business combination target.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit has an initial public offering price of $10.00 and consists of one share of our common stock and one-half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus, and only whole warrants are exercisable. We have also granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 3,750,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any.

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of our common stock (our “public shares”), upon the completion of our initial business combination, as described herein, at a per-share price, payable in cash, subject to the limitations described herein. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, we will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, subject to applicable law and as further described herein.

Our sponsor, Modern Media Sponsor, LLC, has committed to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 warrants (each a “private placement warrant”) at a price of $1.00 per warrant, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Each private placement warrant will be exercisable to purchase one share of our common stock at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus.

Our sponsor and our other initial stockholders hold 7,187,500 shares of our common stock (up to 937,500 of our sponsor’s shares will be subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all).

Currently, there is no public market for our units, common stock or warrants. We have applied to list our units on the NASDAQ Capital Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “MMDMU.” We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on NASDAQ. The common stock and warrants constituting the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to certain conditions described in this prospectus. Once the securities constituting the units begin separate trading, we expect that the common stock and warrants will be listed on NASDAQ under the symbols “MMDM” and “MMDMW” respectively.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See the section of this prospectus entitled “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 29 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Unit      Total  

Public offering price

   $ 10.00      $ 250,000,000  

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $ 0.55      $ 13,750,000  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)

   $ 9.45      $ 236,250,000  

 

(1) Includes $0.35 per unit, or $8,750,000, in deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein, and to be released to the underwriters only on the completion of our initial business combination. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, the entire underwriting discounts and commissions of $0.55 per unit sold pursuant to the over-allotment option will be deferred and released to the underwriters only on the completion of our initial business combination, such that if the over-allotment option is exercised in full a total of $10,812,500 of underwriting discounts and commissions would be deferred. Does not include certain fees and expenses payable to the underwriters in connection with this offering. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriters.

Of the proceeds we will receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants described in this prospectus, $250.0 million (or $287.50 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $10.00 per unit, will be deposited into a segregated trust account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. Except for the withdrawal of interest to pay our taxes or working capital requirements, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of the funds held in the trust account will be released from the trust account until the earliest of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, subject to applicable law; or (iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public stockholders.

The underwriters are offering the units for sale on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters expect to deliver the units to the purchasers on or about                    , 2017.

 

 

Macquarie Capital

Co-Managers

 

Cowen and Company

   I-Bankers Securities, Inc.

                    , 2017


Table of Contents

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give to you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     2  

RISK FACTORS

     29  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     59  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     60  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     65  

DILUTION

     66  

CAPITALIZATION

     68  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     70  

PROPOSED BUSINESS

     77  

MANAGEMENT

     108  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     118  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     121  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     123  

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     137  

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

     144  

LEGAL MATTERS

     154  

EXPERTS

     155  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     156  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

Trademarks

This prospectus contains references to trademarks and service marks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the applicable licensor will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, its rights to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

1


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary only highlights the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information under “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest.

Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus or the context otherwise requires, references to:

 

    “we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” mean Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation;

 

    “common stock” mean our founder shares and public shares, together;

 

    “directors” include, unless the context requires otherwise, the director nominees named in this prospectus who will become directors of the company upon the completion of this offering;

 

    “founder shares” mean shares of our common stock initially issued to an affiliate of our sponsor in a private placement and later transferred to our sponsor prior to this offering; a portion of such shares have been sold to certain of our officers and/or directors in a private placement prior to this offering (for the avoidance of doubt, all such shares of common stock will not be “public shares”);

 

    “initial stockholders” mean holders of our founder shares immediately prior to this offering;

 

    “Macquarie” mean Macquarie Group Limited (ASX: MQG) together with its subsidiaries and funds (or similar vehicles) managed by such subsidiaries;

 

    “Macquarie Capital” mean the Macquarie Capital division of Macquarie (which includes Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., one of the underwriters of this offering);

 

    “management” or our “management team” mean our executive officers and directors;

 

    “MIHI” mean MIHI LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a subsidiary of Macquarie and a part of Macquarie Capital;

 

    “private placement warrants” mean the warrants to be issued to our sponsor in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering;

 

    “public shares” mean shares of our common stock sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market);

 

    “public stockholders” mean the holders of our public shares, including our initial stockholders and management team to the extent our initial stockholders and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial stockholder’s and member of our management team’s status as a “public stockholder” will only exist with respect to such public shares;

 

    “sponsor” mean Modern Media Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, of which MIHI and Modern Media, LLC, an entity that is wholly owned by Lewis W. Dickey, Jr., our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, are each 50% owners; and

 

    “working capital loan warrants” mean the warrants to be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any.

The chart on page 10 shows the affiliation between the Company, Macquarie, Macquarie Capital, MIHI and the sponsor, among others, immediately after the completion of this offering. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

General

We are a Delaware corporation formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar business combination with one or

 



 

2


Table of Contents

more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not identified any potential initial business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any potential initial business combination target.

We will seek to capitalize on the significant experience and contacts of our management team and our partnership with Macquarie Capital to complete our initial business combination. We believe our management team’s distinctive background and record of acquisition and operational success could have a transformative impact on verified target businesses. Although we may pursue our initial business combination in any business, industry or geographic location, we currently intend to focus on opportunities to capitalize on the ability of our management team, particularly our executive officers, to identify, acquire and operate a business in the media, entertainment or marketing services industries. We intend to evaluate both private and public companies as potential initial business combination targets, focusing on opportunities that we believe would provide appropriate risk adjusted returns to stockholders. Following our initial business combination, our objective will be to implement or support the acquired company’s operating strategies in order to generate additional value for stockholders. General goals may include additional acquisitions and operational improvements.

Organizations in a number of industries are undergoing rapid transformation resulting from what we believe will be the eventual convergence of traditional media and digital media into a singular media ecosystem (the “new modern media ecosystem”). This new modern media ecosystem is expected to feature personalized and individually addressable content and advertising distributed over Internet Protocol (“IP”) across multiple platforms and screens with multiple revenue streams, including advertising, subscription and commerce. This transformation is being driven by changes in consumer behavior and technological developments that are impacting media consumption, distribution and monetization. We believe nearly every sector of the media, entertainment and marketing services industries will continue to face significant disruption to their legacy business models as they adapt to these technological shifts. We also believe that the accelerating shift to a new modern media ecosystem has created a significant opportunity for a new breed of media companies to provide innovative products and services, and provides opportunities for strategic combinations to accelerate growth and create competitive advantages. Although a number of new companies promising some of these products or services have been formed, we believe many lack the experience or strategic acumen necessary to scale and successfully operate, and navigate in the new competitive environment. We believe our management team’s distinctive background and vast network of industry leaders will be able to provide us with a differentiated opportunity to source a target, validate a potential target’s offerings, consummate a business combination with the target and help grow a large enterprise through organic growth and accretive, follow-on acquisitions.

We believe that our management team is well positioned to identify attractive businesses within the media, entertainment and marketing services industries that would benefit from access to the public markets and the skills of our management team. Our objective is to consummate our initial business combination with such a business and enhance stockholder value by improving its operational performance. We believe we can achieve this objective by utilizing our management team’s extensive experience in both consummating media industry transactions and operating media companies in combination with our management team’s network of contacts in the Telecom, Media & Technology (“TMT”) sector. We believe many companies in the media industry could benefit from access to the public markets but have been unable to do so due to a number of factors, including the time it takes to conduct a traditional initial public offering, market volatility and pricing uncertainty. We intend to focus on evaluating more established companies with leading competitive positions, strong management teams and strong long-term potential for revenue growth and margin expansion.

Our President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chairman, Lewis W. Dickey, Jr., is the former Chairman, President and CEO of Cumulus Media Inc. (“Cumulus”). Cumulus is the country’s second largest radio company, owning and operating 460 stations in 90 markets and the WestwoodOne radio network. Mr. Dickey co-founded Cumulus in 1997, and in 2000 became its Chairman and CEO. During his 19 years at

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Cumulus, Mr. Dickey built the company through over 150 separate transactions, growing the company from a startup to more than $1.2 billion in annual revenue and 6,500 employees.

Mr. Dickey is also co-founder and chairman of DM Luxury, LLC (“DM”) which acquired Modern Luxury Media (“Modern Luxury”), a publisher of luxury lifestyle magazines, in 2010, out of receivership, for $25 million, approximately three years after it was sold for $250 million. At the time of DM’s purchase, Modern Luxury had annual losses of approximately $5 million and cash revenue of approximately $41 million. Over the last six years, DM has increased its cash revenue, becoming profitable, and we believe it is now the country’s largest regional magazine company with 67 magazines in 19 luxury markets, and it continues to expand as a premier local brand activation platform for the luxury market. Mr. Dickey’s partner in DM is an affiliate of Macquarie, which, as described below, is an affiliate of our sponsor.

In 1993, Mr. Dickey and his family bought two radio stations in Atlanta out of bankruptcy for $6.8 million. Mr. Dickey changed the programming formats of the stations, completely re-staffed them and effected a dramatic turnaround. In 2000, the Dickey family sold one of the two stations to Cox Communications for $285 million—which remains one of the highest prices ever paid for a single radio station. The family still owns and operates the remaining station under the brand name 680 The Fan , which is one of the country’s most popular pure sports talk radio stations.

Mr. Dickey is also the author of two books on media: The New Modern Media was released in the fall of 2016 and serves as an investment thesis for the rapidly evolving modern media ecosystem, and a strategic roadmap for the future of the media and advertising business; Mr. Dickey’s first book, which he wrote prior to starting Cumulus, is The Franchise—Building Radio Brands , which has been recognized as a definitive text on radio competition and strategy.

Mr. Dickey holds a bachelor’s and master’s degree from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Over the course of their careers, Mr. Dickey and the other members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and relationships that have provided our management team with leads and referrals that have resulted in numerous acquisitions. We believe this history, and the contacts and relationships derived therefrom, will serve as a useful source for identifying potential future investment opportunities, including our initial business combination and otherwise. We believe our management team is well positioned to create value for our stockholders, and that our contacts and relationships, ranging from owners of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants and business brokers will allow us to generate attractive acquisition opportunities.

In addition to the strength of our management team, we believe our partnership with Macquarie Capital, described below, further enhances our capabilities to source, execute and scrutinize potential acquisition targets. We believe potential target companies will view the track record of Macquarie Capital with respect to deal sourcing, financing and execution capabilities, as a further positive attribute contributing to our ability to structure and complete a successful initial business combination.

Our sponsor is 50% owned by MIHI, a wholly owned subsidiary of Macquarie and a part of Macquarie Capital. Macquarie is a global provider of financial, advisory, investment and funds management services. Macquarie’s main business focus is generating returns to investors and stockholders by providing a diversified range of services to clients. Macquarie acts on behalf of institutional, corporate and retail clients and counterparties around the world. Founded in 1969, Macquarie operates in 59 office locations in 27 countries, employs approximately 13,650 people and has assets under management of over $380 billion (as of December 31, 2016).

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Macquarie Capital comprises Macquarie’s advisory, capital raising and principal investing capabilities. The firm provides varied services to corporate, financial sponsor and government clients involved in mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity fund raising, corporate restructuring, project finance and public private partnerships. In the U.S., Macquarie Capital has specialist sector expertise and a comprehensive advisory and capital markets platform.

Macquarie Capital has a global TMT practice with over 50 dedicated professionals and a presence in the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific. Macquarie’s TMT team has extensive history and credentials in the media and telecommunications sectors, making it a trusted advisor to media and telecommunications companies and investors. Specifically, since 2011, the U.S. TMT team has participated in over 115 transactions with a cumulative value of more than $37 billion.

MIHI has served as co-sponsor of two previous blank check companies that completed successful business combinations. MIHI served as co-sponsor of Terrapin 3 Acquisition Corporation (“Terrapin 3”). Terrapin 3 raised gross proceeds of $213 million in its initial public offering in July 2014. In December 2016, Terrapin 3 completed a business combination with Yatra Online, Inc. (“Yatra”), a leading Indian online travel agency and travel search engine. Yatra trades on NASDAQ under the symbol “YTRA.”

MIHI also served as co-sponsor of Hydra Industries Acquisition Corp. Hydra Industries Acquisition Corp. raised gross proceeds of $80 million in its initial public offering in October 2014. In December 2016, Hydra Industries Acquisition Corp. completed an acquisition of Inspired Gaming Group (“Inspired”), a global games technology company supplying Virtual Sports, Mobile Gaming and server-based gaming systems with associated terminals and digital content to regulated betting and gaming operators around the world. Inspired trades on NASDAQ under the symbol “INSE.”

The past performance of the members of our management team, Macquarie or any of its affiliates is not a guarantee that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of the performance of our management, Macquarie or any of its affiliates’ performance as indicative of our future performance. Only one of our directors at the closing of this offering will have had any past experience with any blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to identify and complete our initial business combination with a company that complements the experience of our management team and can benefit from our management team’s operational expertise. Our selection process is expected to leverage our management team’s broad and deep relationship network, unique media industry expertise including proven deal-sourcing and structuring capabilities, to provide us with a multitude of business combination opportunities. Our management team has experience:

 

    operating companies, setting and changing strategies, and identifying, mentoring and recruiting world-class talent;

 

    developing and growing companies, both organically and inorganically, and expanding the product ranges and geographic footprints of a number of businesses;

 

    sourcing, structuring, acquiring and selling businesses and achieving synergies to create stockholder value;

 

    partnering with industry-leading companies to increase sales and improve the competitive position of those companies;

 



 

5


Table of Contents
    addressing business and technological changes in an evolving global media landscape;

 

    evaluating the viability of emerging business models in digital media, advertising technology and brand activation;

 

    fostering relationships with sellers, capital providers and target management teams; and

 

    accessing the capital markets across various business cycles, including financing businesses and assisting companies with the transition to public ownership.

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to begin the process of communicating with our management team’s and Macquarie Capital’s network of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for a potential target initial business combination and begin the process of pursuing and reviewing potential opportunities.

Business Combination Criteria

Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses and, in evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review that will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews and inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us. We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria or guidelines.

 

    Focus on media, entertainment and marketing services companies positioned to compete in the new modern media ecosystem. We believe nearly every sector of the media, entertainment and marketing services industries will continue to face significant disruption to their legacy business models as they adapt to technological shifts. We will seek a target that we believe will be positioned to compete in this new paradigm, whether the company is a traditional media company undergoing changes or a company deploying new technologies in the entertainment space, especially as digital and traditional media ecosystems continue to converge. We believe our strategy leverages our management team’s distinctive background and vast network of industry leaders in the target sectors as well as Macquarie Capital’s relationships and expertise in the broader TMT space.

 

    Emphasis on companies that can benefit from a public listing and greater access to capital. We will seek a target that we believe will benefit from being publicly traded and will be able to effectively utilize the broader access to capital and the public profile that are associated with being a publicly traded company. In addition, we believe the accelerating shift to the new modern media ecosystem has created a significant opportunity for a new breed of media companies to provide innovative products and services. As such, we believe many companies in the new modern media ecosystem can benefit from increased access to capital.

 

    Businesses with a catalyst for significantly improved financial performance. We will target companies where we believe that our industry expertise and relationships can be used to create opportunities for value creation, whether for acquisitions, capital investments in organic growth opportunities or in generating greater operating efficiencies. We will seek to identify such opportunities for value creation in evaluating potential business combinations.

 

   

Market-leading participant with experienced and motivated management teams that may benefit from enhanced leadership and governance. We will seek a target that has an established business and market position. While we will focus on technology-enabled businesses, we will not seek a target that is pre-revenue or in early stages of development with unproven technologies. Additionally, we will seek a target with an established management team. To the extent we believe it will enhance

 



 

6


Table of Contents
 

stockholder value, we would seek to selectively supplement the existing leadership of the business with proven leaders from our network, whether at the senior management level or at the board level.

 

    Middle-market businesses. We will seek a target with an aggregate enterprise value of approximately $500 million to $1.5 billion, determined according to reasonably accepted valuation standards and methodologies. We believe targeting companies in the middle market will provide the greatest number of opportunities for investment and will maximize the collective network of our management team and Macquarie Capital.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this prospectus, would be in the form of proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we would file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Initial Business Combination

NASDAQ rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) or a valuation or appraisal firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our stockholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets and liabilities of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets and liabilities of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for the post transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Even if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of NASDAQ’s 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

We will not be prohibited from pursuing our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to us from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team, our sponsor and their affiliates will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement warrants following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a potential business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will be required to honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under law, and only present the opportunity to us if such other entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any of our officers and directors unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Macquarie and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities including principal investing, specialized investment vehicle management, asset management, financial advisory, securities underwriting, sales and trading, investment research, lending and other activities. In the ordinary course of business, they engage in activities where their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with our interests. Accordingly, there may be situations in which Macquarie or an affiliate has an obligation or an interest that actually or potentially conflicts with our interests. You should assume that these conflicts will not be resolved in our favor and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Macquarie, its affiliates and their clients make investments in a variety of different businesses and may directly compete with us for acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates that meet our initial business combination objectives. Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates has an obligation to offer potential acquisition opportunities to us and may allocate them at its discretion to us or other parties. We will not have any priority in respect of acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates. You should assume that Macquarie and its affiliates and clients will have priority over us in terms of access to acquisition opportunities and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Clients of Macquarie and its affiliates may also compete with us for investment opportunities meeting our initial business combination objectives. If Macquarie or any of its affiliates is engaged to act for any such clients, we may be precluded from pursuing opportunities that would conflict with Macquarie’s or its affiliates’ obligations to such client. In addition, investment ideas generated within Macquarie or its affiliates may be suitable for our company or a client of Macquarie or its affiliates, and may be directed to any of such persons or entities rather than to us. Macquarie or its affiliates may also be engaged to advise the seller of a company,

 



 

8


Table of Contents

business or assets that would qualify as an acquisition opportunity for us. In such cases, we may be precluded from participating in the sale process or from purchasing the company, business or assets. If, however, we are permitted to pursue the opportunity, the interests of Macquarie or its affiliates, or their obligations to the seller, may diverge from our interests.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing date of this offering. Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates (other than our sponsor) has entered into such an agreement, and, accordingly, are not precluded from participating in any other blank check company or from underwriting an offering by any other blank check company.

Prior to the date of this prospectus, we will file a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, we will be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

Corporate Reorganization

On June 9, 2014 and prior to our conversion from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation on January 3, 2017 (our “Conversion”), MIHI, an affiliate of our sponsor, purchased 100 of our common units for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. Prior to this initial investment, we had no assets, tangible or intangible. In conjunction with, and effective upon, the Conversion: (i) our name was changed from M Acquisition Company I LLC to Modern Media Acquisition Corp.; (ii) our 100 common units were converted into 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share; and (iii) our 100 shares of common stock were contributed by MIHI to our sponsor. On February 15, 2017, we completed a 71,875 to one split of our common stock (the “Stock Split” and, together with the Conversion, the “Corporate Reorganization”).

Corporate Information

Our executive offices are located at 1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400, Atlanta, Georgia 30309 and our telephone number is (404) 443-1182.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior September 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Post Offering Ownership: Relationship Between the Company, Macquarie, Macquarie Capital, MIHI,

Modern Media, LLC, and our Sponsor

The following chart illustrates, immediately after the closing of this offering, the affiliation and ownership between the Company, Macquarie, Macquarie Capital, MIHI, Modern Media, LLC and the Company’s Sponsor.

LOGO

 



 

10


Table of Contents

The Offering

In deciding whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 29 of this prospectus.

 

Securities offered

25,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of:

 

    one share of common stock; and

 

    one-half of one warrant to purchase one share of common stock.

 

NASDAQ symbols

Units: “MMDMU”

 

  Common stock: “MMDM”

 

  Warrants: “MMDMW”

 

Trading commencement and separation of common stock and warrants

The units are expected to begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The common stock and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the shares of common stock and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into shares of common stock and warrants. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will be eligible to trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least two units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant.

 

Separate trading of the common stock and warrants will be prohibited until we have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K

In no event will the common stock and warrants trade separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the closing of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Un its:
 

 

Number outstanding before this offering

0

 



 

11


Table of Contents

Number outstanding after this offering

25,000,000 (1)

Common stock:

 

Number of shares outstanding immediately before this offering

7,187,500 (2)

 

Number of shares outstanding after this offering

31,250,000 (3)

Warrants:

 

Number of private placement warrants

7,000,000

 

Number of warrants to be outstanding after this offering and the private placement

19,500,000 (1)                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

 

Exercisability

Each whole warrant offered in this offering will be exercisable to purchase one share of common stock. Only whole warrants will be exercisable. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will be eligible to trade.

 

  We structured each unit to contain one-half of one warrant, with each whole warrant exercisable for one share of common stock, as compared to units issued by some other similar blank check companies which contain whole warrants exercisable for one whole share, in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of our initial business combination as compared to units that each contain a warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive business combination partner for target businesses.

 

Exercise price

$11.50 per whole share, subject to adjustments as described herein.

 

Exercise period

The warrants will become exercisable on the later of:

 

    30 days after the completion of our initial business combination; and

 

    12 months from the closing date of this offering;

 

(1)   Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
(2)   Consists solely of founder shares and includes up to 937,500 of our sponsor’s founder shares that will be surrendered to us for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all.
(3)   Consists of 25,000,000 public shares and 6,250,000 founder shares (assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and that 937,500 of our sponsor’s founder shares are surrendered to us for no consideration).

 



 

12


Table of Contents
  provided in each case that we have declared effective a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement). If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

 

  We are not registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants at this time. However, we have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC and have declared effective a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th day after the closing of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption.

 

  The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon our redemption or liquidation. On the exercise of any warrant, the warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us and not placed in the trust account.

 

Redemption of warrants

Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the private placement warrants):

 

    in whole and not in part;

 

    at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

    upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, which we refer to as the 30-day redemption period; and

 

    if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

 



 

13


Table of Contents
  We will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

 

  If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, we will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” we will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” will mean the average reported last closing price of the shares of common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. Please see “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Stockholders’ Warrants” for additional information.

 

  None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the private placement warrants or their permitted transferees.

 

Founder shares

In June 2014, we were formed by MIHI, at which point MIHI paid an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $250.00 per share, for its ownership interest in us. Prior to this initial investment, we had no assets, tangible or intangible. In January 2017, MIHI transferred its ownership interest in us to our sponsor for no consideration. The per share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount initially contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. Effective on February 15, 2017, we completed the Stock Split and, as a result, our sponsor held 7,187,500 shares of our common stock. Our sponsor subsequently sold certain of such shares to certain of our officers and/or directors. Up to 937,500 of our sponsor’s founder shares will be subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all. The number of founder shares outstanding after the Stock Split was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 28,750,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore such founder shares would

 



 

14


Table of Contents
 

represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after this offering. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a stock dividend, stock split or share repurchase or contribution (or other similar action) back to capital, as applicable, immediately prior to the completion of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders at 20% of the issued and outstanding common stock after this offering. In addition, because of their ownership block, our initial stockholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval of our stockholders, including, amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. Our sponsor will surrender for no consideration up to 937,500 founder shares depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all.

 

  The founder shares are identical to the shares of common stock included in the units being sold in this offering, except that:

 

    the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below and

 

   

our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering and (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame). If we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote all of their founder shares and any public shares they hold that are purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need only 9,375,001, or approximately 37.5%, of the 25,000,000 public shares being offered and sold in this offering to be voted in favor of such a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares of our common stock are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised) in

 



 

15


Table of Contents
 

order to have such initial business combination approved. Our other directors and officers have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering.

 

Transfer restrictions on founder shares

Our initial stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our public stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property (except as described herein under “Principal Stockholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial stockholders with respect to any founder shares. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up.

 

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last reported closing price of our common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lock-up.

 

Voting rights

With respect to any matter submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, holders of our founder shares and holders of our public shares will vote together, with each share entitling the holder to one vote.

 

Private placement warrants

Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of common stock at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, or $7,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees (except as described below under “Principal Stockholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants”). If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units being sold in this offering.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

Transfer restrictions on private placement warrants

The private placement warrants (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except as described herein under “Principal Stockholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants.”

 

Proceeds to be held in trust account

Of the proceeds we will receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants described in this prospectus, $250.0 million (or $287.50 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $10.00 per unit, will be deposited into a segregated trust account located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and $2.0 million will be used to pay expenses in connection with this offering and for working capital following this offering. The proceeds to be placed in the trust account include $8,750,000 (or $10,812,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commissions.

 

  Except for the withdrawal of interest to pay our taxes or working capital requirements, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as discussed below and subject to the requirements of law and regulation, will provide that none of the funds held in the trust account will be released from the trust account until the earliest of (i) the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, subject to applicable law, or (iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public stockholders.

 

Anticipated expenses and funding sources

Unless and until we complete our initial business combination, no proceeds held in the trust account will be available for our use, except for the withdrawal of interest to pay our taxes or working capital requirements. The proceeds held in the trust account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. We estimate the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $500,000 per year; however, we can provide no assurances regarding this amount. Unless and until we complete our initial business combination, we may pay our expenses only from:

 

    the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account, which are expected to be approximately $1,350,000 in working capital after the payment of approximately $650,000 in expenses relating to this offering;

 



 

17


Table of Contents
    a loan of up to an aggregate of $500,000 from our sponsor to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, including to fund expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after this offering and prior to our initial business combination; and

 

    any additional loans or investments from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, although they are under no obligation to advance funds or invest in us, and provided any such loans will not have any claim on the proceeds held in the trust account unless such proceeds are released to us upon completion of our initial business combination.

 

Conditions to completing our initial business combination

NASDAQ rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or a valuation or appraisal firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our stockholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.

 

  We will complete our initial business combination only if the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or is otherwise not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of NASDAQ’s 80% of net assets test, provided that in the event that the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions and we will treat the transactions together as our initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.

 



 

18


Table of Contents

Permitted purchases of public shares and public warrants by our affiliates

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. See “Proposed Business—Permitted purchases of our securities” for a description of how our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which stockholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

 

  The purpose of any such purchases of public shares could be to vote such shares in favor of our initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of our initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our common stock or warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

 



 

19


Table of Contents

Redemption rights of public stockholders upon completion of our initial business combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial business combination with respect to our warrants. Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. The other members of our management team have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering.

 

Limitations on redemptions

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, a greater net tangible asset or cash requirement may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, any proposed agreement relating to our initial business combination may require (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we would not be able to complete the business combination or redeem any such shares, and all shares of common stock submitted for redemption would be returned to the holders thereof.

 

Manner of conducting redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will

 



 

20


Table of Contents
 

seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require stockholder approval, while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation would typically require stockholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a stockholder vote unless stockholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other legal reasons.

 

  If we hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will:

 

    conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

 

    file proxy materials with the SEC.

 

  If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. In such case, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote all of their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need only 9,375,001, or approximately 37.5%, of the 25,000,000 public shares being offered and sold in this offering to be voted in favor of such a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares of our common stock are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised) in order to have such initial business combination approved. Our other officers and directors have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed initial business combination or vote at all.

 

  If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

 

    conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

 



 

21


Table of Contents
    file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

 

  Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, if we elect to conduct a redemption pursuant to the tender offer rules, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act to purchase shares of our common stock in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

 

  In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial business combination.

 

Limitation on redemption rights of stockholders holding 20% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold a stockholder vote

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its public shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in this offering. We believe the restriction described above will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares to be sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares were not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management team at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 20% of the shares to be sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection

 



 

22


Table of Contents
 

with our initial business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those stockholders that hold more than 20% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our initial business combination.

 

Release of funds in trust account on closing of our initial business combination

On the completion of our initial business combination, the funds held in the trust account will be used to pay amounts due to any public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights as described above under “Redemption rights for public stockholders upon completion of our initial business combination,” to pay the underwriters their deferred underwriting commissions, to pay all or a portion of the consideration payable to the target or owners of the target of our initial business combination and to pay other expenses associated with our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

 

Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed that we will have 24 months from the closing date of this offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within such 24-month period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the 24-month time period.

 



 

23


Table of Contents
  Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. However, if our initial stockholders or other members of our management team acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month period.

 

  The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission to be held in the trust account in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of our shares of common stock.

 

  Our initial stockholders, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described above under “Limitations on redemptions.” For example, our board of directors may propose such an amendment if it determines that additional time is necessary to complete our initial business combination. In such event, we will conduct a proxy solicitation and distribute proxy materials pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act seeking stockholder approval of such proposal, and in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon stockholder approval of such amendment. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our initial stockholders, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.

 

Limited payments to insiders

There will be no finder’s fees, reimbursements or cash payments made by the company to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, other than the

 



 

24


Table of Contents
 

following payments, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

 

    repayment of up to an aggregate of $650,000 in unsecured loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

 

    repayment of up to an aggregate of $500,000 in loans our sponsor has committed to make to us to finance expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after this offering and prior to our initial business combination;

 

    reimbursement for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing our initial business combination;

 

    repayment of any loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans; and

 

    underwriting discounts, commissions and other fees and expenses payable to the underwriters of this offering, including Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of our sponsor.

 

  We have granted Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of our sponsor (and an underwriter of this offering), a right of first refusal for a period of 36 months from the closing date of this offering to provide to us certain financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising, and other services for which it may receive fees.

 

Audit Committee

We will establish and maintain an audit committee, which will be composed entirely of directors meeting the audit committee independence requirements for listing our securities on NASDAQ. Among its responsibilities, the audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that are made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, and monitor compliance with the other terms relating to this offering. If any noncompliance is identified, then the audit committee will be charged with the responsibility to promptly take all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise to cause compliance with the terms of this offering. For more information, see the section entitled “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee.”

 



 

25


Table of Contents

Indemnity

Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case, net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for its indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. We believe the likelihood of our sponsor having to indemnify the trust account is limited because we will endeavor to have all vendors and prospective target businesses as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account.

 

Conflicts of interest

MIHI, which owns 50% of our sponsor (and thus may be deemed to beneficially own more than 10% of our outstanding common stock), is an affiliate of Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an underwriter in this offering. As a result, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“Rule 5121”).

 

  Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable requirements of Rule 5121. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. I-Bankers Securities, Inc. has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. I-Bankers Securities, Inc. will not receive any additional compensation for acting as a qualified independent underwriter. We have agreed to indemnify I-Bankers Securities, Inc. against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a “qualified independent underwriter,” including liabilities under the Securities Act. In addition, no underwriter with a conflict of interest will confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific prior written approval of the account holder.

 



 

26


Table of Contents

RISKS

We are a Delaware corporation that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company. This offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. Accordingly, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”

 



 

27


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINA NCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our relevant historical financial data and should be read with our historical financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.

 

Balance Sheet Data:    As of March 31, 2016      As of December 31, 2016
(unaudited)
 

Working capital

   $ 22,275      $ 21,336  

Total assets

   $ 23,275      $ 22,336  

Total liabilities

   $ 1,000      $ 1,000  

Member’s equity

   $ 22,275      $ 22,336  

If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, the proceeds then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses) will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares. Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within such 24-month time period.

 



 

28


Table of Contents

RISK FAC TORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision whether to invest in our units. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We are a blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a blank check company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through this offering. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Despite our management team’s experience in the media, entertainment and marketing services industries, there are no assurances that we will be successful in completing our initial business combination with a target business in any of these industries.

Despite the operational and acquisition experience of our management team, only one of our directors at the closing of this offering will have had direct experience with special purpose acquisition companies. Any past performance or acquisition experience of our management team, Macquarie or any of its affiliates is not a guarantee either: (i) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination; or (ii) of any results with respect to any business combination we may complete. You should not rely on the historical record of the performance of our management team, Macquarie or any of its affiliates’ performance as indicative of our future performance.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons. For instance, NASDAQ rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a stockholder meeting but would still require us to obtain stockholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares as consideration in any business combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a business combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares, we would be required to seek stockholder approval of such business combination. However, except for as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock do not approve of the business combination we complete. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Stockholders may not have the ability to approve our initial business combination” for additional information.

 

29


Table of Contents

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, officers and directors have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the initial stockholders agree to vote all of their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public stockholders in connection with our initial business combination, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote all of their founder shares, as well as any public shares purchased during or after this offering, in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need only 9,375,001, or approximately 37.5%, of the 25,000,000 public shares being offered and sold in this offering to be voted in favor of such a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares of our common stock are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised) in order to have such initial business combination approved. Our other directors and officers have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering. Our initial stockholders will own at least 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock immediately following the completion of this offering. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if our initial stockholders agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential initial business combination will be the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of such business combination.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since we may complete our initial business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on our initial business combination, unless we seek such stockholder approval. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential initial business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) to be set forth in the tender offer documents we will furnish to our public stockholders in which we will describe our initial business combination.

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights and, therefore, will need to structure the transaction based on

 

30


Table of Contents

our expectations as to the number of shares of common stock that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a greater number of shares of common stock are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels, or may not be possible at all. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that a potential initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your common stock.

If a potential initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful would be increased. If our initial business combination is not completed, you will not receive your pro rata portion of the amount in the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your common stock in the open market; however, at such time our common stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your common stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein.

 

31


Table of Contents

If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Our sponsor is a newly formed alliance between MIHI and Modern Media, LLC, an entity that is wholly owned by Mr. Dickey, and you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives.

Our sponsor is a newly formed alliance between MIHI and Modern Media, LLC, an entity that is wholly owned by Mr. Dickey, who have not previously cooperated with one another on a blank check company and this may be considered a first-time alliance in a sponsor. As a result, you have no basis upon which to evaluate their ability to work together. There may be increased risk if unanticipated disagreements within the sponsor develop. In that case, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination for reasons, including, but not limited to, an inability to agree on: an appropriate target, terms suitable to the target’s controlling investors, the composition of the management team, or appropriate financing strategies to accomplish the initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may elect to purchase public shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of our initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of our initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our common stock and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

 

32


Table of Contents

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Tendering share certificates in connection with a tender offer or redemption rights.”

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein; and (iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. In addition, if our plan to redeem our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the allotted time period is not completed for any reason, compliance with Delaware law may require that we submit a plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in our trust account. In that case, public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond the allotted time period before they receive funds from our trust account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Once listed, NASDAQ may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to transact in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We have applied to have our units, our common stock and our public warrants listed on NASDAQ promptly after the date of this prospectus. Although after giving effect to this offering we expect to meet the minimum initial listing standards set forth in NASDAQ listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on NASDAQ in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on NASDAQ prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 round-lot holders).

Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with NASDAQ’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than NASDAQ’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on NASDAQ. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5,000,000. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

 

33


Table of Contents

If NASDAQ delists any of our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list such securities on another national securities exchange, we expect such securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, you could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

    a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

    reduced liquidity for our securities;

 

    a determination that our public shares are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our public shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities; and

 

    a limited amount of news and analyst coverage, any of which could inhibit your ability to sell your public shares at an acceptable price or on a timely basis. In addition, we could face a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our units and eventually our common stock and public warrants will be listed on NASDAQ, our units, common stock and public warrants will qualify as covered securities under such statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if our securities were no longer listed on NASDAQ, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under such statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete our initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the U.S. securities laws. However, because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful completion of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if this offering were subject to Rule 419, we would be prohibited from releasing any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of our initial business combination. For a more detailed comparison of our offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.”

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of our common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of our common stock.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial

 

34


Table of Contents

business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. A stockholder’s inability to redeem its Excess Shares will reduce its influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and such stockholder could suffer a material loss on its investment in us if it sells its Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, such stockholder will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, such stockholder will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell its shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. In particular, although our management team has substantial experience in the media, entertainment and marketing services industries, such industries are highly competitive, and we may be unable to complete a business combination with a target in any such industries. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources.

This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, if we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of common stock redeemed, the resources available to us for our initial business combination will be reduced. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

If the funds not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing date of this offering, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing date of this offering, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We expect to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through this offering and potential loans from certain of our affiliates are discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

 

35


Table of Contents

Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” However, our affiliates are not obligated to make loans to us in the future, and we may not be able to raise additional financing from unaffiliated parties necessary to fund our expenses. Any such event in the future may negatively impact the analysis regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at such time.

We believe that, upon the closing of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the funds not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor to fund our search, to pay our taxes and to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, only approximately $1,350,000 is expected to be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $650,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to hold outside the trust account for working capital would decrease by a corresponding amount. If we are required to seek additional capital, we may need to sell dilutive equity securities, or would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Other than as set forth herein, none of our sponsor, members of our management team or any of their affiliates is under any obligation to loan funds to us. Any such loans would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on our redemption of our public shares and our warrants will expire worthless.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected

 

36


Table of Contents

risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate effect on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our executive officers will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if our executive officers believe that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by our executive officers to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where our executive officers are unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us, if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for its indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available

 

37


Table of Contents

for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) other than due to the failure to obtain such waiver such lesser amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by public stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering may be considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the closing date of this offering in the event we do not complete our business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures.

 

38


Table of Contents

Because we will not be complying with Section 280 of the DGCL, Section 281(b) of the DGCL will require us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering is not considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidation distribution.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our public stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation would be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

 

    restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

 

    restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

 

    registration as an investment company with the SEC;

 

    adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

 

    reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing,

 

39


Table of Contents

reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the completion of our initial business combination and you will not be entitled to any of the corporate protections provided by such a meeting.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we complete a business combination (unless required by NASDAQ), and thus may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting of stockholders be held for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with a company’s bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to our completion of a business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

We are not registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the public warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We are not registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the public warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we will agree, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, until the expiration or redemption of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act by the 60th day after the closing of our initial business combination, we will be required

 

40


Table of Contents

to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of common stock included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of common stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into concurrently with the closing of this offering, our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees will be able to demand that we register the resale of their founder shares following the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor and its permitted transferees will be able to demand that we register the resale of the private placement warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants, and holders of the working capital loan warrants may demand that we register the resale of such warrants or the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant amount of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our common stock that is expected when the common stock owned by our initial stockholders and private placement warrants owned by our sponsor or holders of our working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered for resale.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may seek to complete our initial business combination with an operating company in any industry or sector, but we will not, under our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet identified or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and

 

41


Table of Contents

operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with companies that may be outside of our management team’s area of expertise.

We will consider an initial business combination outside of our management team’s area of expertise if such business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the area of our management team’s expertise, our management team’s expertise may not be directly applicable to such acquisition’s evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this prospectus regarding the area of our management team’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management team may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their common stock. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our management team of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

42


Table of Contents

We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We may not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or from an independent accounting firm in connection with our initial business combination, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we will not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In addition, if our board of directors is not able to determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, in connection with NASDAQ rules that require that our initial business combination be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our stockholders will not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.

Other than the two circumstances described above, we will not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. Immediately after this offering, there will be 68,750,000 (assuming that the underwriters have not exercised their over-allotment option) authorized but unissued shares of common stock available for issuance, which amount takes into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants. Immediately after this offering, there will be no preferred stock issued or outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common stock, and may issue shares of preferred stock, in order to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. However, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of

 

43


Table of Contents

capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or preferred stock:

 

    may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering;

 

    may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

 

    could cause a change in control if a substantial number of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

 

    may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, common stock and/or warrants.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on stockholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite stockholder approval under Delaware law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a stockholder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the stockholder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to stockholders to pay such taxes. Stockholders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We will be dependent upon our executive officers and directors. Our executive officers and directors will also allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. The departure of any of our executive officers or directors or these conflicts of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

We believe that our success will depend on the continued service of our executive officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Moreover, our executive officers and directors are and will continue to be engaged in several other business endeavors for which such individuals may be entitled to substantial compensation and our executive officers and directors are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. We do

 

44


Table of Contents

not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our executive officers or directors. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers or directors could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our independent directors also serve and will continue to serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers.”

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. It is possible that our key personnel may not be involved with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, and it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is in the best interests of our stockholders.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. There is no certainty that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the knowledge, skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the knowledge, skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the knowledge, skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted, including, among other things, by various regulatory issues that could adversely affect the post-combination

 

45


Table of Contents

business’s operations. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The officers and directors of a target business may resign in anticipation of or upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of a target business’ key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of a target business’ management team will remain associated with the target business following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of a target business will not wish to remain in place.

Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates has an obligation to provide us with potential investment opportunities or to devote any specified amount of time or support to our company’s business.

Although we expect to benefit from Macquarie’s and its affiliates’ network of relationships and processes for sourcing, executing and evaluating potential acquisition targets, neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates has any legal or contractual obligation to seek on our behalf or to present to us investment opportunities that might be suitable for our business, and may allocate any such opportunities at its discretion to us or other parties. We have no investment management, advisory, consulting or other agreement in place with Macquarie or any of its affiliates that obligates them to undertake efforts on our behalf or that govern the manner in which they will allocate investment opportunities. Even if Macquarie or one of its affiliates refers an opportunity to us, no assurance can be given that such opportunity will result in an acquisition agreement or our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors, our sponsor and/or their affiliates are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completion of this offering and until we complete our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our officers and directors, our sponsor and/or their affiliates are now, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. Moreover, our directors and officers and affiliates of our sponsor are and will continue to be engaged in several other business endeavors.

Our officers, directors, sponsor and its affiliates also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see the sections of this prospectus entitled “Management—Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers,” “Management—Conflicts of Interest” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

46


Table of Contents

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor or one of its affiliates, our directors or officers. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

In particular, affiliates of our sponsor have investments in the media, entertainment and marketing services industries. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of affiliates of our sponsor and our officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates. Our directors also serve and will continue to serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under “Management—Conflicts of Interest.” Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they or any of their affiliates are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth in “Proposed Business—Effecting our Initial Business Combination—Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our initial stockholders will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

Our initial stockholders own 7,187,500 shares of common stock (up to 937,500 of our sponsor’s founder shares are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all). The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete our initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable for one share of common stock at $11.50 per share (subject to adjustments as described herein), for a purchase price of $7,000,000, or $1.00 per warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination.

The founder shares are identical to the shares of common stock included in the units being sold in this offering, except that: (i) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions; (ii) our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (a) to waive their redemption

 

47


Table of Contents

rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, (b) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, (c) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering (although our initial stockholders will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame); and (iii) the founder shares will have certain registration rights. In addition, our officers and directors have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering.

The financial interests of our initial stockholders may influence their motivation in completing our initial business combination, and the association of our officers with our sponsor may also influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing our initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24 month anniversary of the closing date of this offering nears, which is the deadline for the completion of our initial business combination.

A conflict of interest may arise from the need to obtain the consent of MIHI and Modern Media, LLC, each of which owns 50% of our sponsor, to our business combination.

We have entered into an agreement pursuant to which we have agreed not to complete a business combination without the consent of both MIHI and Modern Media, LLC, each of which owns 50% of our sponsor, which consents will not be unreasonably withheld by either party, giving consideration to such issues including but not limited to the potential regulatory, reputational or compliance impact to either party. As a consequence, interests of affiliates of our sponsor may conflict with those of the rest of the stockholders if MIHI and Modern Media, LLC do not wish to proceed with a business combination.

Macquarie, an affiliate of our sponsor, and its affiliates, may represent a client to acquire potential target businesses in competition with us, thereby causing conflicts of interest that limit our ability to pursue potential targets. These conflicts of interest could have a negative effect on our ability to complete a business combination.

Macquarie and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities including principal investing, specialized investment vehicle management, asset management, financial advisory, securities underwriting, sales and trading, investment research, lending and other activities. In the ordinary course of business, they engage in activities where their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with our interests. Accordingly, there may be situations in which Macquarie or its affiliates have an obligation or an interest that actually or potentially conflicts with our interests. You should assume that these conflicts will not be resolved in our favor and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Macquarie and its affiliates and their clients make investments in a variety of different businesses and may directly compete with us for acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates that meet our initial business combination objectives. Macquarie is under no specific obligation to offer potential acquisition opportunities to us and may allocate them at its discretion to us or other parties. We will not have any priority in respect of acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates. You should assume that Macquarie and its affiliates and clients will have priority over us in terms of access to acquisition opportunities and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

 

48


Table of Contents

Clients of Macquarie and its affiliates, may also compete with us for investment opportunities meeting our initial business combination objectives. If Macquarie is engaged to act for any such clients, we may be precluded from pursuing opportunities that would conflict with Macquarie’s obligations to such client. In addition, investment ideas generated within Macquarie may be suitable for our company or a client of Macquarie, and may be directed to any of such persons or entities rather than to us. Macquarie may also be engaged to advise the seller of a company, business or assets that would qualify as an acquisition opportunity for us. In such cases, we may be precluded from participating in the sale process or from purchasing the company, business or assets. If, however, we are permitted to pursue the opportunity, the interests of Macquarie or its obligations to the seller may diverge from our interests.

Since the consents of MIHI and Modern Media, LLC, both of whom are affiliates of our sponsor, are required for approval of our initial business combination, any such conflict of interest could prevent us from completing our initial business combination; provided, however, that the consent of MIHI and Modern Media, LLC will not be unreasonably withheld by either party, giving consideration to such issues including but not limited to the potential regulatory, reputational or compliance impact to either party.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this prospectus to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following this offering, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

 

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after our initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

 

    acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

    our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

 

    our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

 

    our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

 

    using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

    limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

 

    increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

 

    limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

 

49


Table of Contents

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from this offering and the private placement of warrants will provide us with $250,000,000 (or $287,500,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) that we may use to complete our initial business combination (which includes $8,750,000, or $10,812,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account).

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

 

    solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

 

    dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

 

50


Table of Contents

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we would not be able to complete the business combination or redeem any such shares, all shares of common stock submitted for redemption would be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

If we have inadequate cash simultaneously to meet the closing requirements of our initial business combination and redeem all shares of common stock submitted for redemption, we will return all shares submitted for redemption and continue to pursue an alternative transaction.

In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we would not be able to complete the business combination or redeem any such shares, all shares of common stock submitted for redemption would be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead will search for an alternate initial business combination.

 

51


Table of Contents

The exercise price for the public warrants is higher than in many similar blank check company offerings in the past, and, accordingly, the warrants are more likely to expire worthless.

The exercise price of the public warrants is higher than is typical in many similar blank check companies in the past. Historically, the exercise price of a warrant was generally a fraction of the purchase price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our public warrants is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments as described herein. As a result, the warrants are less likely to ever be in the money and more likely to expire worthless.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or other governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and changed industry focus. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or other governing instruments in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) will provide that it may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public stockholders. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the private placement warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein), may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock. In all other instances, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that it may be amended by holders of a majority of our common stock, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholders, who will beneficially own 20% of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), may participate in any vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose (except as otherwise stated herein). As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete our initial business combination with which you do not agree. In certain circumstances, our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our initial stockholders, executive officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any

 

52


Table of Contents

such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with our sponsor, executive officers, directors and director nominees. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers, directors or director nominees for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase public shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business, including as a result of the target business being in the early stage of development or growth. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or possibly less than $10.00 per share, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our initial stockholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon the closing of this offering, our initial stockholders will own approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding common stock (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial stockholders purchase any additional shares of common stock in this offering, the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their influence. Our initial stockholders have no current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this prospectus. Factors that could be considered in making such purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our common stock. In addition, our board of directors upon the closing of this offering will consist of members that have been elected by our initial stockholders, and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a terms for three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting prior to our initial business combination, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only approximately one-third of the board of directors will

 

53


Table of Contents

be considered for election. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination, and, due to the sale of the private placement warrants to our sponsor, potentially after completion of our initial business combination.

Our public stockholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our common stock.

The difference between the public offering price per share (allocating all of the unit purchase price to the common stock and none to the warrants constituting the unit) and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering constitutes dilution to investors in this offering. The founder shares have been acquired at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon the closing of this offering, and assuming no value is ascribed to the warrants included in the units, public stockholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 93.3% (or $9.33 per share, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $0.67 and the initial offering price of $10.00 per unit. This dilution would become exacerbated to the extent that public stockholders seek redemptions from the trust.

We may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of the warrants with the approval of the holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants.

Our public warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement will provide that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but will require the approval of the holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants will be unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem unexpired public warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making such warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding public warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, which we refer to as the 30-day redemption period, provided that the last reported closing price of our common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders. We will not redeem the public warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Redemption of the outstanding public warrants could force you to: (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants; or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or by their permitted transferees.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We will be issuing warrants to purchase 12,500,000 shares of our common stock (or 14,375,000 shares of common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) as part of the units offered by this prospectus and, simultaneously with the closing of this offering, we will be issuing in a private placement an aggregate of 7,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of common stock at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments as described herein at a per purchase share price of $1.00 per warrant. In addition, if our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors make any working capital loans to us, up to $1,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. To the extent we issue shares of common stock to effectuate our initial business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of common stock upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock and reduce the value of the shares of common stock issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The private placement warrants will be identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in this offering except that, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees: (i) they will not be redeemable by us; (ii) they (including the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) will not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination; (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis; and (iv) they (including the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) will have certain registration rights.

The working capital loan warrants, if any, will be identical to the private placement warrants except that, (i) such warrants shall not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (ii) pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), such warrants, and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, shall be subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer, as described under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Private Placement Warrants and Working Capital Loan Warrants.”

Because each unit will contain one-half of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit will contain one-half of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole warrants will be eligible to trade. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one share of common stock and one whole warrant to purchase one share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

The determination of the offering price of our units and the size of this offering is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities and size of an offering of an operating company in a particular industry. You may have less assurance, therefore, that the offering price of our units properly reflects the value of such units than you would have in a typical offering of an operating company.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the underwriters. In determining the size of this offering, management held customary organizational meetings with representatives of the underwriters with respect to the state of the capital markets, generally, and the amount the underwriters believed they

 

55


Table of Contents

reasonably could raise on our behalf. Factors considered in determining the size of this offering, prices and terms of the units, including the shares of common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

 

    the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

 

    prior offerings of those companies;

 

    our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

 

    a review of debt to equity ratios in leveraged transactions;

 

    our capital structure;

 

    an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying suitable acquisition opportunities;

 

    general conditions of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

    other factors as were deemed relevant.

Although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities of an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results.

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

There is currently no market for our securities. You therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosures in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”) depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to

 

56


Table of Contents

comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our security holders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any September 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following March 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending March 31, 2018. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete a business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common stock and could entrench management.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of, and issue new series of, preferred stock, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

 

57


Table of Contents

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company located in the United States but with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company located in the United States but with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

 

    higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

 

    rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

 

    complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

 

    laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

 

    tariffs and trade barriers;

 

    regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

 

    longer payment cycles;

 

    tax issues, such as tax law changes, including termination or reduction of tax and other incentives that the applicable government provides to domestic companies, and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

 

    currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

 

    rates of inflation;

 

    challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

 

    cultural and language differences;

 

    employment regulations;

 

    crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

 

    deterioration of political relations with the United States;

 

    obligation of personnel to perform military service; and

 

    government appropriation of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

58


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDI NG FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some statements contained in this prospectus may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “ plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions, or the negatives thereof, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about:

 

    our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

 

    our ability to complete our initial business combination;

 

    our expectations around the performance of a prospective target business or businesses;

 

    our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

 

    our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses;

 

    our sponsor, officers and directors potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

 

    our potential ability to obtain additional financing necessary to complete our initial business combination;

 

    our pool of prospective target businesses;

 

    the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;

 

    our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

 

    the lack of a market for our securities;

 

    the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

 

    the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; and

 

    our financial performance following this offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable law.

 

59


Table of Contents

USE OF PR OCEEDS

We are offering 25,000,000 units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit. We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, together with the funds we will receive from the sale of the private placement warrants, will be used as set forth in the following table.

 

     No Exercise of the
Over-Allotment
Option
    Full Exercise of the
Over-Allotment
Option
 

Gross proceeds

    

Gross proceeds from units offered to public (1)

   $ 250,000,000     $ 287,500,000  

Gross proceeds from the sale of private placement warrants

     7,000,000       7,000,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross proceeds

   $ 257,000,000     $ 294,500,000  

Offering expenses (2)

    

Underwriting commissions (2.0% of gross proceeds from units offered to public) (3)

   $ 5,000,000     $ 5,000,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     175,000       175,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     40,000       40,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     56,000       56,000  

SEC expenses

     33,321       33,321  

FINRA expenses

     43,624       43,624  

Travel and road show expenses

     20,000       20,000  

Directors and officers insurance

     125,000       125,000  

NASDAQ listing and filing fees

     75,000       75,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

     82,055       82,055  

Total offering expenses (other than underwriting commissions)

     650,000       650,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds after offering expenses

   $ 251,350,000     $ 288,850,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held in trust account (3)

   $ 250,000,000     $ 287,500,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of public offering size

     100     100

Not held in trust account

   $ 1,350,000     $ 1,350,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the expected use of the approximately $1,350,000 of net proceeds not held in the trust account, as well as an aggregate of $500,000 in working capital loans committed by our sponsor, but not including interest earned on funds held in the trust account. (4)(6)

 

     Amount      % of Total  

Legal, accounting, due diligence, travel and other expenses in connection with any potential initial business combination (5)

   $ 1,240,000        67.0

Legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting obligations

     150,000        8.1

Reserve for liquidation expenses

     50,000        2.7

NASDAQ continued listing fees

     75,000        4.1

Other miscellaneous expenses (including franchise taxes net of anticipated interest income)

     335,000        18.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,850,000        100

 

(1) Includes amounts payable to public stockholders who properly redeem their shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.
(2) Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor may loan us up to an aggregate of $650,000 to be used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans will be repaid upon completion of this offering out of the $650,000 of offering proceeds that has been allocated for the payment of offering expenses other than underwriting commissions. In the event that offering expenses are less than as set forth in this table, any such amounts will be available for post-closing working capital requirements. As of March 23, 2017, $150,000 was outstanding under these loans.

 

60


Table of Contents
(3) The underwriters have agreed to defer underwriting commissions equal to 3.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering (or approximately 3.76% of the gross proceeds of this offering if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Upon completion of our initial business combination, $8,750,000, which constitutes the underwriters’ deferred commissions (or $10,812,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be paid to the underwriters from the funds held in the trust account and the remaining funds will be released to us and can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of the business or businesses with which our initial business combination occurs or for general corporate purposes, including payment of principal or interest on indebtedness incurred in connection with our initial business combination, to fund the purchases of other companies or for working capital. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions.
(4) These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of such business combination. In the event we identify an acquisition target in a specific industry subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would not be available for our expenses. The amounts in the table above do not include interest available to us from the trust account. Based on current interest rates, we would expect approximately $500,000 to be available to us from interest earned on the funds held in the trust account over the 12 months following the closing of this offering; however, we can provide no assurances regarding this amount. In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor has committed to loan us up to an aggregate of $500,000, to be provided to us to fund our expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after this offering and prior to our initial business combination. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us any additional funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, such loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into working capital loan warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The working capital loan warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period except that, (i) such warrants shall not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (ii) pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), such warrants, and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, shall be subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer, as described under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Private Placement Warrants and Working Capital Loan Warrants.” Other than as set forth below, the terms of such loans by our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.
(5)

Includes estimated amounts that may also be used in connection with our initial business combination to fund a “no shop” provision and commitment fees for financing. This amount does not include any investment banking fees which may be payable upon completion of our initial business combination. Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. has not yet been retained for a specific financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising or other transaction and so we are not able to quantify the fees for any such engagement. No

 

61


Table of Contents
  funds will be paid out of the trust to fund any such fee payments and it is not expected that any fees would be paid prior to the completion of a business combination. The actual amount of fees received will vary significantly based on the size of any transaction and the extent to which other investment banks are involved.
(6) In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor has committed to loan us up to an aggregate of $500,000, to be provided to us to fund our expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after this offering and prior to our initial business combination.

The rules of NASDAQ provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants be deposited in a trust account. Of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, $250,000,000 (or $287,500,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), including $8,750,000 (or $10,812,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of deferred underwriting commissions, will be deposited in a segregated trust account located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee, and will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Based on current interest rates, we estimate that the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $500,000 per year. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our taxes, if any, we will not be permitted to withdraw any of the principal or interest held in the trust account and these funds will not be released from the trust account until the earliest of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, subject to applicable law, and (iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. Based on current interest rates, we expect that interest earned on the trust account will be sufficient to pay our taxes.

The net proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we ultimately complete our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination, we may apply the balance of the cash released from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We believe that amounts not held in trust will be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses to which such proceeds are allocated. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. If we are required to seek additional capital, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from our sponsor, members of our management team or any of their affiliates, but, other than as set forth below, such persons are not under any obligation to loan funds to, or invest in, us.

Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor may loan us up to an aggregate of $650,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due at the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the closing of this offering. These loans will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the $650,000 of offering proceeds that has been allocated to the payment of offering expenses. As of March 23, 2017, $150,000 was outstanding under these loans.

 

62


Table of Contents

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, (i) our sponsor has committed to loan us up to an aggregate of $500,000, to be provided to us in the event that funds held outside of the trust are insufficient to fund our expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after this offering and prior to our initial business combination and (ii) our sponsor, one or more affiliates of our sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us any additional funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, such loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into working capital loan warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The working capital loan warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period except that, (i) such warrants shall not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (ii) pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), such warrants, and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, shall be subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer, as described under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Private Placement Warrants and Working Capital Loan Warrants.” Other than as set forth above, the terms of such loans by our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

We have granted Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of our sponsor (and an underwriter of this offering), a right of first refusal for a period of 36 months from the closing date of this offering to provide to us certain financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising, and other services for which it may receive fees. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or on the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchases are subject to such reporting requirements.

We may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) and the agreement for our initial business combination may require as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights so that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement or any net worth or cash requirements, we would not proceed with the redemption of our public shares or the business combination, and instead would search for an alternate business combination.

A public stockholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of our public shares if we are

 

63


Table of Contents

unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, subject to applicable law; and (iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Our other directors and officers have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering. In addition, our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. However, if our initial stockholders or any of our officers, directors or affiliates acquire any public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time frame.

 

64


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND P OLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of this offering, in which case we will effect a stock dividend (or, potentially, a split) or other appropriate mechanism immediately prior to the completion of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders at 20% of our issued and outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with a business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

 

65


Table of Contents

DILU TION

The difference between the public offering price per share of common stock, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus or the private placement warrants, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of warrants, including the private placement warrants, which would cause the actual dilution to the public stockholders to be higher, particularly where a cashless exercise is utilized. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of common stock which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

At December 31, 2016, our net tangible book value was $21,336, or approximately $0.00 per share of common stock, giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization that occurred in January 2017. After giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization, the sale of 25,000,000 shares of common stock included in the units we are offering by this prospectus, the sale of the private placement warrants and the deduction of underwriting commissions and estimated expenses of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2016 would have been $5,000,006, or $0.67 per share of common stock, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our initial stockholders of $0.67 per share, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus or the private placement warrants, as of the date of this prospectus. Total immediate dilution to public stockholders would have been $9.33 per share. The dilution to public stockholders if the underwriters exercise the underwriters’ over-allotment option in full would be immediate dilution of $9.42 per share, or 94.2%.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the public stockholders on a per share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus or the private placement warrants, and further assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option:

 

Public offering price per share of common stock

      $ 10.00  

Net tangible book value per share of common stock before this offering

   $ 0.00     

Increase in net tangible book value per share of common stock attributable to public stockholders

     0.67     
  

 

 

    

Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants

        0.67  

Dilution to public stockholders

      $ 9.33  
     

 

 

 

For purposes of presentation, we have reduced our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) by $237,621,330 because holders of up to approximately 95.0% of our public shares may redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account at a per share redemption price equal to the amount in the trust account as set forth in our tender offer or proxy materials (initially anticipated to be the aggregate amount held in trust two days prior to the commencement of our tender offer or stockholders meeting, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements) divided by the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering).

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information with respect to our initial stockholders and the public stockholders assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration        
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage     Average Price
Per Share
 

Initial stockholders (1)

     6,250,000        20.00   $ 25,000        0.01   $ 0.004  

Public stockholders

     25,000,000        80.00     250,000,000        99.99   $ 10.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     31,250,000        100.00   $ 250,025,000        100.00  

 

(1) Assumes the forfeiture of all 937,500 founder shares that are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all.

Our pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering is calculated as follows:

 

Numerator:

  

Net tangible book value before this offering

   $ 21,336  

Proceeds from this offering and sale of the private placement warrants, net of estimated expenses

     251,350,000  

Offering costs excluded from net tangible book value before this offering

     —    

Less: deferred underwriters’ commissions payable

     (8,750,000)  

Less: amount of common stock subject to redemption to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001

     (237,621,330)  
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,000,006  
  

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering

     7,187,500  

Shares of common stock forfeited if over-allotment option is not exercised

     (937,500)  

Shares of common stock included in the units offered

     25,000,000  

Shares of common stock subject to redemption to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001

     (23,762,133)  
  

 

 

 
     7,487,867  
  

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at December 31, 2016 as follows:

 

    on an actual basis (reflecting the balance sheet information of M Acquisition Company I LLC);

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis giving further effect to the filing of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the sale of our 25,000,000 units in this offering for $250,000,000 ($10.00 per unit) and the sale of 7,000,000 private placement warrants for $7,000,000 ($1.00 per warrant) and the application of the estimated net proceeds (excluding net working capital of $1,350,000 not held in the trust account) of $255,650,000 derived from the sale of such securities:

 

     December 31, 2016
(Unaudited)
 
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted (1)(2)
 

Cash

   $ 22,336      $ 22,336      $ 1,371,336  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capitalization:

        

Deferred underwriting commissions

   $ —        $ —        $ 8,750,000  

Loan payable to related party (3)

     —          —          —    

Common stock subject to redemption (4)

     —          —          237,621,330  

Member’s/stockholders’ equity (deficit):

        

Preferred stock, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual or pro forma; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          —          —    

Common stock, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized and 7,187,500 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized and 7,487,867 (excluding 23,762,133 shares subject to redemption) shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (5)

     —          719        749  

Common units, 100 units issued and outstanding, actual; no units authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     21,336        —          —    

Additional paid-in capital (6)

     —          24,281        5,002,921  

Accumulated deficit

     —          (3,664)        (3,664)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total member’s/stockholders’ equity

     21,336        21,336        5,000,006  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 21,336      $ 21,336      $ 251,371,336  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Gives effect to the February 15, 2017 amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation to change the par value of our common stock to $0.0001.
(2) Assumes the forfeiture of all 937,500 shares of common stock that will be subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all. The proceeds from the sale of such shares will not be deposited into the trust account, the shares will not be eligible for redemption from the trust account nor will they be eligible to vote on any proposed initial business combination.
(3) Our sponsor may loan us up to an aggregate of $650,000 under an unsecured promissory note to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of December 31, 2016 on an actual and pro forma basis, no amounts were outstanding under this promissory note. As of March 23, 2017, $150,000 was outstanding under this note.
(4)

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their common stock for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days

 

68


Table of Contents
  prior to the completion of the initial business combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), subject to the limitations described herein whereby our net tangible assets will be maintained at a minimum of $5,000,001 and any limitations (including, but not limited to, cash requirements) created by the terms of the proposed business combination. The pro forma as adjusted amount of common stock subject to redemption equals pro forma as adjusted total assets of $251,371,336, less pro forma as adjusted total liabilities of $8,750,000 less the pro forma as adjusted stockholders’ equity. The value of the shares of common stock that may be redeemed in connection with our initial business combination is equal to $10.00 per share (which is the assumed redemption price) multiplied by 23,762,133 shares of common stock, which is the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be redeemed that would allow us to maintain at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets immediately after such redemption.
(5) Pro forma common stock is prior to any forfeiture of founder shares by our sponsor, and pro forma as adjusted common stock assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the forfeiture of 937,500 founder shares by our sponsor.
(6) Pro forma as adjusted additional paid-in capital is equal to pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ equity of $5,000,001, minus pro forma as adjusted common stock par value of $749, plus pro forma as adjusted accumulated deficit of $3,664.

 

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCU SSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a Delaware corporation formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have not selected any potential business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt.

The issuance of additional shares of our common stock in a business combination:

 

    may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering;

 

    may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

 

    could cause a change of control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

 

    may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

 

    may adversely affect prevailing market prices for shares of our common stock and/or warrants.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities or otherwise incur significant indebtedness, it could result in:

 

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after our initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

 

    acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

    our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

 

    our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

 

    our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

 

    using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

    limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

 

    increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

 

    limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, as of December 31, 2016, we had $22,236 in cash and no deferred offering costs. Further, we expect to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to complete our initial business combination will be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

70


Table of Contents

Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for this offering. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering. There has been no significant change in our financial or trading position and no material change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of this offering.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity needs have been and are expected to be satisfied prior to the completion of this offering through receipt of $25,000 from our sale of the founder shares and up to an aggregate of $650,000 in unsecured loans from our sponsor to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of March 23, 2017, $150,000 was outstanding under these loans. We estimate that the net proceeds from: (i) the sale of the units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $650,000, underwriting commissions of $5,000,000 (which amount shall not change regardless of whether the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised as the underwriters have agreed to defer all underwriting commissions with respect to the exercise of their over-allotment option and to have the amounts attributable to those commissions deposited into the trust account) (excluding deferred underwriting commissions of $8,750,000 (or $10,812,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)); and (ii) the sale of the private placement warrants for a purchase price of $7,000,000, will be $251,350,000 million (or $288,850,000 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of this amount, $250.0 million (or $287.50 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), which includes $8,750,000 (or $10,812,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of deferred underwriting commissions, will be deposited into a trust account. The funds in the trust account will be invested only in specified U.S. government treasury bills or in specified money market funds. The remaining $1,350,000 will not be held in the trust account. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $650,000, we may fund such excess with funds not held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to hold outside the trust account for working capital would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $650,000, the amount of funds we intend to hold outside the trust account for working capital would increase by a corresponding amount.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), excluding deferred underwriting commission, to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interest to pay taxes, if any. Our annual income tax obligations will depend on the amount of interest and other income earned on the amounts held in the trust account. We expect the interest earned on the amount in the trust account will be sufficient to pay our taxes. To the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we expect to have available to us $1,350,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account. We will use these funds primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, structure, negotiate and complete a business combination, and to pay taxes to the extent the interest earned on the trust account is not sufficient to pay our taxes.

 

71


Table of Contents

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, (i) our sponsor has committed to loan us up to an aggregate of $500,000, to be provided to us in the event that funds held outside of the trust are insufficient to fund our expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after this offering and prior to our initial business combination and (ii) our sponsor, one or more affiliates of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us any additional funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into working capital loan warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The working capital loan warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period except that, (i) such warrants shall not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (ii) pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), such warrants, and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, shall be subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer, as described under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Private Placement Warrants and Working Capital Loan Warrants.” Other than as set forth above, the terms of such loans by our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

We expect our primary liquidity requirements during that period to include approximately $1,240,000 for legal, accounting, due diligence, travel and other expenses associated with structuring, negotiating and documenting a successful initial business combination; $150,000 for legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting requirements; $75,000 for NASDAQ and other regulatory fees; $50,000 as a reserve for liquidation expenses; and approximately $335,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses and reserves net of estimated interest income.

These amounts are estimates only and may differ materially from our actual expenses. In addition, we could use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust to pay commitment fees for financing, fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business or as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into an agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business, the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific business combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, prospective target businesses.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination.

Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to maintain a system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley

 

72


Table of Contents

Act beginning with, and for, the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018. Only in the event that we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal controls. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we have not completed an assessment of, nor have our independent registered public accounting firm tested, our systems of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Many small and mid-sized target businesses we may consider for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

 

    staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

 

    reconciliation of accounts;

 

    proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

 

    evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

 

    documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

 

    documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expenses in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain an independent registered public accounting firm to audit and render an opinion on such report when required by Section 404. The independent registered public accounting firm may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be invested in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Related Party Transactions

In June 2014, we were formed by MIHI, at which point MIHI paid an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $250.00 per share, for its ownership interest in us. Prior to this initial investment, we had no assets, tangible or intangible. In January 2017, MIHI transferred its ownership interest in us to our sponsor for no consideration. The per share price for the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount initially contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. Effective February 15, 2017, we completed the Stock Split and, as a result, our sponsor held 7,187,500 shares of our common stock. Our sponsor subsequently sold certain of such shares to certain of our officers and/or directors. Up to 937,500 of our

 

73


Table of Contents

sponsor’s founder shares will be subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all. The number of founder shares outstanding after the Stock Split was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 28,750,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after this offering. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a stock dividend, stock split or share repurchase or contribution (or other similar action) back to capital, as applicable, immediately prior to the completion of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders at 20% of the issued and outstanding common stock after this offering. Our initial stockholders do not intend to purchase any units in this offering.

Our sponsor, officers and directors or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing our initial business combination. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that are made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their affiliates, and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf, although no such reimbursements will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor may loan us up to an aggregate of $650,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due at the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the closing of this offering. These loans will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the $650,000 of offering proceeds that has been allocated to the payment of offering expenses. As of March 23, 2017, $150,000 was outstanding under these loans.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, (i) our sponsor has committed to loan us up to an aggregate of $500,000, to be provided to us in the event that funds held outside of the trust are insufficient to fund our expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after this offering and prior to our initial business combination and (ii) our sponsor, one or more affiliates of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us any additional funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into working capital loan warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The working capital loan warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period except that, (i) such warrants shall not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (ii) pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), such warrants, and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, shall be subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer, as described under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Private Placement Warrants and Working Capital Loan Warrants.” Other than as set forth above, the terms of such loans by our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, or $7,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Each private placement warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at $11.50 per share. Our sponsor will be permitted to transfer the private placement warrants held by it to certain permitted transferees, including its affiliates, our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with or related to our sponsor; provided that the transferees receiving such securities will be subject to the same agreements with respect to such securities as our sponsor. Otherwise, these warrants will not,

 

74


Table of Contents

subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. The private placement warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees (except as described below under “Principal Stockholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants”). The private placement warrants may also be exercised by our sponsor or its permitted transferees for cash or on a cashless basis. Otherwise, the private placement warrants will have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this offering, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

In addition, we have granted Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of our sponsor (and an underwriter of this offering), a right of first refusal for a period of 36 months from the closing date of this offering to provide to us certain financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising, and other services for which it may receive fees. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” We have agreed that Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. will not be asked to render a fairness opinion with respect to our initial business combination as it may have a conflict of interest by virtue of its affiliation with our sponsor. As a consequence, we may be required to retain another firm to render such an opinion if one is required.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement we will enter into on or prior to the closing of this offering with our initial stockholders and holders of our private placement warrants and working capital loan warrants, if any, and their respective permitted transferees (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants or working capital loan warrants), we may be required to register certain securities for sale under the Securities Act. Our initial stockholders and holders of our private placement warrants and their respective permitted transferees will be entitled under the registration rights agreement to make up to three demands, in the case of the founders shares and the private placement warrants (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants), excluding short form registration demands, that we register certain of our securities held by them for sale under the Securities Act and have the securities covered thereby registered for resale pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Holders of our working capital loan warrants, if any, and their permitted transferees will be entitled under the registration rights agreement to make one demand that we register the working capital loan warrants (including shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of any such working capital loan warrants) for sale under the Securities Act and have such securities registered for resale pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have the right to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. However, the registration rights agreement will provide that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until the securities covered thereby are released from their lock-up restrictions, as described herein. In the case of the working capital loan warrants, if any, the demand registration right provided will not be exercisable for longer than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(iv) and the piggyback registration right provided will not be exercisable for longer than seven years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v). We will bear the costs and expenses of filing any such registration statements. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of December 31, 2016, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have not conducted any operations to date.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting

 

75


Table of Contents

pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things: (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

 

76


Table of Contents

PROPOSED BUSINESS

General

We are a Delaware corporation formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not identified any potential initial business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any potential initial business combination target.

We will seek to capitalize on the significant experience and contacts of our management team and our partnership with Macquarie Capital to complete our initial business combination. We believe our management team’s distinctive background and record of acquisition and operational success could have a transformative impact on verified target businesses. Although we may pursue our initial business combination in any business, industry or geographic location, we currently intend to focus on opportunities to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify, acquire and operate a business in the media, entertainment or marketing services industries. We intend to evaluate both private and public companies as potential initial business combination targets, focusing on opportunities that we believe would provide appropriate risk adjusted returns to stockholders. Following our initial business combination, our objective will be to implement or support the acquired company’s operating strategies in order to generate additional value for stockholders. General goals may include additional acquisitions and operational improvements.

Organizations in a number of industries are undergoing rapid transformation resulting from what we believe will be the eventual convergence of traditional media and digital media into a singular media ecosystem (the “new modern media ecosystem”). This new modern media ecosystem is expected to feature personalized and individually addressable content and advertising distributed over Internet Protocol (“IP”) across multiple platforms and screens with multiple revenue streams, including advertising, subscription and commerce. This transformation is being driven by changes in consumer behavior and technological developments that are impacting media consumption, distribution and monetization. We believe nearly every sector of the media, entertainment and marketing services industries will continue to face significant disruption to their legacy business models as they adapt to these technological shifts. We also believe that the accelerating shift to a new modern media ecosystem has created a significant opportunity for a new breed of media companies to provide innovative products and services, and provides opportunities for strategic combinations to accelerate growth and create competitive advantages. Although a number of new companies promising some of these products or services have been formed, we believe many lack the experience or strategic acumen necessary to scale and successfully operate, and navigate in the new competitive environment. We believe our management team’s distinctive background and vast network of industry leaders will be able to provide us with a differentiated opportunity to source a target, validate a potential target’s offerings, consummate a business combination with the target and help grow a large enterprise through organic growth and accretive, follow-on acquisitions.

We believe that our management team is well positioned to identify attractive businesses within the media, entertainment and marketing services industries that would benefit from access to the public markets and the skills of our management team. Our objective is to consummate our initial business combination with such a business and enhance stockholder value by improving its operational performance. We believe we can achieve this objective by utilizing our management team’s extensive experience in both consummating media industry transactions and operating media companies in combination with our management team’s network of contacts in the TMT sector. We believe many companies in the media industry could benefit from access to the public markets but have been unable to do so due to a number of factors, including the time it takes to conduct a traditional initial public offering, market volatility and pricing uncertainty. We intend to focus on evaluating more established companies with leading competitive positions, strong management teams and strong long-term potential for revenue growth and margin expansion.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our President, CEO and Chairman, Lewis W. Dickey, Jr., is the former Chairman, President and CEO of Cumulus. Cumulus is the country’s second largest radio company, owning and operating 460 stations in 90 markets and the WestwoodOne radio network. Mr. Dickey co-founded Cumulus in 1997, and in 2000 became its Chairman and CEO. During his 19 years at Cumulus, Mr. Dickey built the company through over 150 separate transactions, growing the company from a startup to more than $1.2 billion in annual revenue and 6500 employees.

Mr. Dickey is also co-founder and chairman of DM which acquired Modern Luxury, a publisher of luxury lifestyle magazines, in 2010, out of receivership, for $25 million, approximately three years after it was sold for $250 million. At the time of DM’s purchase, Modern Luxury had annual losses of approximately $5 million and cash revenue of approximately $41 million. Over the last six years, DM has increased its cash revenue, becoming profitable, and we believe it is now the country’s largest regional magazine company with 67 magazines in 19 luxury markets, and it continues to expand as a premier local brand activation platform for the luxury market. Mr. Dickey’s partner in DM is an affiliate of Macquarie, which, as described below, is an affiliate of our sponsor.

In 1993, Mr. Dickey and his family bought two radio stations in Atlanta out of bankruptcy for $6.8 million. Mr. Dickey changed the programming formats of the stations, completely re-staffed them and effected a dramatic turnaround. In 2000, the Dickey family sold one of the two stations to Cox Communications for $285 million—which remains one of the highest prices ever paid for a single radio station. The family still owns and operates the remaining station under the brand name 680 The Fan , which is one of the country’s most popular pure sports talk radio stations.

Mr. Dickey is also the author of two books on media: The New Modern Media was released in the fall of 2016 and serves as an investment thesis for the rapidly evolving modern media ecosystem, and a strategic roadmap for the future of the media and advertising business; Mr. Dickey’s first book, which he wrote prior to starting Cumulus, is The Franchise—Building Radio Brands , which has been recognized as a definitive text on radio competition and strategy.

Mr. Dickey holds a bachelor’s and master’s degree from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Over the course of their careers, Mr. Dickey and the other members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and relationships that have provided our management team with leads and referrals that have resulted in numerous acquisitions. We believe this history, and the contacts and relationships derived therefrom, will serve as a useful source for identifying potential future investment opportunities, including our initial business combination and otherwise. We believe our management team is well positioned to create value for our stockholders, and that our contacts and relationships, ranging from owners of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants and business brokers will allow us to generate attractive acquisition opportunities.

In addition to the strength of our management team, we believe our partnership with Macquarie Capital, described below, further enhances our capabilities to source, execute and scrutinize potential acquisition targets. We believe potential target companies will view the track record of Macquarie Capital with respect to deal sourcing, financing and execution capabilities, as a further positive attribute contributing to our ability to structure and complete a successful initial business combination.

Our sponsor is 50% owned by MIHI, a wholly owned subsidiary of Macquarie and a part of Macquarie Capital. Macquarie is a global provider of financial, advisory, investment and funds management services. Macquarie’s main business focus is generating returns to investors and stockholders by providing a diversified range of services to clients. Macquarie acts on behalf of institutional, corporate and retail clients and counterparties around the world. Founded in 1969, Macquarie operates in 59 office locations in 27 countries, employs approximately 13,650 people and has assets under management of over $380 billion (as of December 31, 2016).

 

78


Table of Contents

Macquarie Capital comprises Macquarie’s advisory, capital raising and principal investing capabilities. The firm provides varied services to corporate, financial sponsor and government clients involved in mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity fund raising, corporate restructuring, project finance and public private partnerships. In the U.S., Macquarie Capital has specialist sector expertise and a comprehensive advisory and capital markets platform.

Macquarie Capital has a global TMT practice with over 50 dedicated professionals and a presence in the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific. Macquarie’s TMT team has extensive history and credentials in the media and telecommunications sectors, making it a trusted advisor to media and telecommunications companies and investors. Specifically, since 2011, the U.S. TMT team has participated in over 115 transactions with a cumulative value of more than $37 billion.

MIHI has served as co-sponsor of two previous blank check companies that completed successful business combinations. MIHI served as co-sponsor of Terrapin 3 Acquisition Corporation (“Terrapin 3”). Terrapin 3 raised gross proceeds of $213 million in its initial public offering in July 2014. In December 2016, Terrapin 3 completed a business combination with Yatra Online, Inc. (“Yatra”), a leading Indian online travel agency and travel search engine. Yatra trades on NASDAQ under the symbol “YTRA.”

MIHI also served as co-sponsor of Hydra Industries Acquisition Corp. Hydra Industries Acquisition Corp. raised gross proceeds of $80 million in its initial public offering in October 2014. In December 2016, Hydra Industries Acquisition Corp. completed an acquisition of Inspired Gaming Group (“Inspired”), a global games technology company supplying Virtual Sports, Mobile Gaming and server-based gaming systems with associated terminals and digital content to regulated betting and gaming operators around the world. Inspired trades on NASDAQ under the symbol “INSE.”

The past performance of the members of our management team, Macquarie or any of its affiliates is not a guarantee that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of the performance of our management, Macquarie or any of its affiliates’ performance as indicative of our future performance. Only one of our directors at the closing of this offering will have had any past experience with any blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to identify and complete our initial business combination with a company that complements the experience of our management team and can benefit from our management team’s operational expertise. Our selection process is expected to leverage our management team’s broad and deep relationship network, unique media industry expertise including proven deal-sourcing and structuring capabilities, to provide us with a multitude of business combination opportunities. Our management team has experience:

 

    operating companies, setting and changing strategies, and identifying, mentoring and recruiting world-class talent;

 

    developing and growing companies, both organically and inorganically, and expanding the product ranges and geographic footprints of a number of businesses;

 

    sourcing, structuring, acquiring and selling businesses and achieving synergies to create stockholder value;

 

    partnering with industry-leading companies to increase sales and improve the competitive position of those companies;

 

    addressing business and technological changes in an evolving global media landscape;

 

79


Table of Contents
    evaluating the viability of emerging business models in digital media, advertising technology and brand activation;

 

    fostering relationships with sellers, capital providers and target management teams; and

 

    accessing the capital markets across various business cycles, including financing businesses and assisting companies with the transition to public ownership.

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to begin the process of communicating with our management team’s and Macquarie Capital’s network of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for a potential target initial business combination and begin the process of pursuing and reviewing potential opportunities.

Business Combination Criteria

Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses and, in evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review that will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews and inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us. We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria or guidelines.

 

    Focus on media, entertainment and marketing services companies positioned to compete in the new modern media ecosystem. We believe nearly every sector of the media, entertainment and marketing services industries will continue to face significant disruption to their legacy business models as they adapt to technological shifts. We will seek a target that we believe will be positioned to compete in this new paradigm, whether the company is a traditional media company undergoing changes or a company deploying new technologies in the entertainment space, especially as digital and traditional media ecosystems continue to converge. We believe our strategy leverages our management team’s distinctive background and vast network of industry leaders in the target sectors as well as Macquarie’s relationships and expertise in the broader TMT space.

 

    Emphasis on companies that can benefit from a public listing and greater access to capital. We will seek a target that we believe will benefit from being publicly traded and will be able to effectively utilize the broader access to capital and the public profile that are associated with being a publicly traded company. In addition, we believe the accelerating shift to the new modern media ecosystem has created a significant opportunity for a new breed of media companies to provide innovative products and services. As such, we believe many companies in the new modern media ecosystem can benefit from increased access to capital.

 

    Businesses with a catalyst for significantly improved financial performance. We will target companies where we believe that our industry expertise and relationships can be used to create opportunities for value creation, whether for acquisitions, capital investments in organic growth opportunities or in generating greater operating efficiencies. We will seek to identify such opportunities for value creation in evaluating potential business combinations.

 

    Market-leading participant with experienced and motivated management teams that may benefit from enhanced leadership and governance. We will seek a target that has an established business and market position. While we will focus on technology-enabled businesses, we will not seek a target that is pre-revenue or in early stages of development with unproven technologies. Additionally, we will seek a target with an established management team. To the extent we believe it will enhance stockholder value, we would seek to selectively supplement the existing leadership of the business with proven leaders from our network, whether at the senior management level or at the board level.

 

80


Table of Contents
    Middle-market businesses. We will seek a target with an aggregate enterprise value of approximately $500 million to $1.5 billion, determined according to reasonably accepted valuation standards and methodologies. We believe targeting companies in the middle market will provide the greatest number of opportunities for investment and will maximize the collective network of our management team and Macquarie Capital.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this prospectus, would be in the form of proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we would file with the SEC.

Initial Business Combination

NASDAQ rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or a valuation or appraisal firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our stockholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets and liabilities of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets and liabilities of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such initial business combination if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for the post transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the initial business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of NASDAQ’s 80% of net assets test. If the initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions.

We will not be prohibited from pursuing our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to us from a financial point of view.

 

81


Table of Contents

Members of our management team, our sponsor and their affiliates will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement warrants following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a potential business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will be required to honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under law, and only present the opportunity to us if such other entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any of our officers and directors unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Macquarie and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities including principal investing, specialized investment vehicle management, asset management, financial advisory, securities underwriting, sales and trading, investment research, lending and other activities. In the ordinary course of business, they engage in activities where their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with our interests. Accordingly, there may be situations in which Macquarie or an affiliate has an obligation or an interest that actually or potentially conflicts with our interests. You should assume that these conflicts will not be resolved in our favor and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Macquarie, its affiliates and their clients make investments in a variety of different businesses and may directly compete with us for acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates that meet our initial business combination objectives. Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates has an obligation to offer potential acquisition opportunities to us and may allocate them at its discretion to us or other parties. We will not have any priority in respect of acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates. You should assume that Macquarie and its affiliates and clients will have priority over us in terms of access to acquisition opportunities and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Clients of Macquarie and its affiliates may also compete with us for investment opportunities meeting our initial business combination objectives. If Macquarie or any of its affiliates is engaged to act for any such clients, we may be precluded from pursuing opportunities that would conflict with Macquarie’s or its affiliates’ obligations to such client. In addition, investment ideas generated within Macquarie or its affiliates may be suitable for our company or a client of Macquarie or its affiliates, and may be directed to any of such persons or entities rather than to us. Macquarie or its affiliates may also be engaged to advise the seller of a company, business or assets that would qualify as an acquisition opportunity for us. In such cases, we may be precluded from participating in the sale process or from purchasing the company, business or assets. If, however, we are permitted to pursue the opportunity, the interests of Macquarie or its affiliates, or their obligations to the seller, may diverge from our interests.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a

 

82


Table of Contents

definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing date of this offering. Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates (other than our sponsor) has entered into such an agreement and, accordingly, are not precluded from participating in any other blank check company or from underwriting an offering by any other blank check company.

Prior to the date of this prospectus, we will file a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we will be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

Sourcing of Potential Business Combination Targets

We believe our management team’s significant operating and transaction experience and relationships with companies will provide us with a substantial number of potential initial business combination opportunities. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships. This network has grown through the activities of our management team sourcing, acquiring, financing and exiting investments and properties, our management team’s relationships with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our management team in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions.

This network provides our management team with a robust and consistent flow of acquisition opportunities which were proprietary or where a limited group of investors were invited to participate in the sale process. In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity funds and large business enterprises seeking to divest non-core assets or divisions.

We are not prohibited from pursuing our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm, that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context, other than as provided below in “—Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination.”

As more fully discussed in “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently and in the future may have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations to various entities that may present a conflict of interest. As a result of these duties and obligations, situations may arise in which business opportunities may be given to one or more of these other entities prior to being presented to us.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our status as a public company will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we will be able to offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock or for a

 

83


Table of Contents

combination of shares of our stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more certain and cost effective process to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, road show and public reporting efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed initial business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay the offering or prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior September 30th; and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Financial Position

With funds available for a business combination initially in the amount of $241,250,000 assuming no redemptions and after payment of $8,750,000 of deferred underwriting fees (or $276,687,500 assuming no redemptions and after payment of $10,812,500 of deferred underwriting fees if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), we believe we have the ability to offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we will be able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we will have the flexibility to use an efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the private placement warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of our common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We currently do not have any specific initial business combination target under consideration. Our officers and directors have not had any substantive discussions regarding possible initial business combination targets

 

84


Table of Contents

among themselves or with our underwriters or other advisors. Our sponsor and its affiliates are routinely made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue, for our initial business combination, but we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf) contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to a potential initial business combination transaction. We have not (nor have any of our agents or affiliates) been approached by any candidates (or representative of any candidates) with whom we have had substantive discussions with respect to a possible initial business combination transaction and we will not consider an initial business combination with any company with whom our sponsor has had substantive discussions on our behalf as a potential initial business combination target prior to completion of this offering. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any substantive measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable target business, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such target business.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the trust account.

In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise.

Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination

NASDAQ rules require that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which the post transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for the post transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in our initial business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If our initial business combination

 

85


Table of Contents

involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions. There is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our initial business combination.

To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

We have granted Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of our sponsor (and an underwriter of this offering), a right of first refusal for a period of 36 months from the closing date of this offering to provide to us certain financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising, and other services for which it may receive fees. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lack of business diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business.

Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

 

    subject us to numerous, and possibly negative, economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination;

 

    prevent us from benefitting from the possible spreading of risks or off-setting of losses; and

 

    cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited ability to evaluate the target’s management team; existing and future management

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary knowledge, skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our officers or directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is highly unlikely that any of our officers will devote their full

 

86


Table of Contents

efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following our initial business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite knowledge, skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders may not have the ability to approve our initial business combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

 

Type of Transaction

   Whether Stockholder
Approval is Required

Purchase of assets

   No

Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company

   No

Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company

   No

Merger of the company with a target

   Yes

Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

 

    we would issue common stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding (other than in a public offering);

 

    any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by NASDAQ rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of common stock could result in an increase in outstanding common stock or voting power of 5% or more; or

 

    the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted purchases of our securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market prior to the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of

 

87


Table of Contents

our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. Subsequent to the completion of this offering, we will adopt an insider trading policy which will require insiders to: (i) refrain from purchasing securities during certain blackout periods and when they are in possession of any material non-public information; and (ii) to clear all trades with our legal counsel prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as it may be dependent upon several factors, including but not limited to, the timing and size of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary.

In the event that our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of such purchases may be to: (i) vote such public shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the initial business combination; (ii) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met; or (iii) reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. This may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our common stock may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it more difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our furnishing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our proposed initial business combination. Our initial stockholders, sponsor, executive officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our sponsor or its affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will not make purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Redemption rights for public stockholders upon completion of our initial business combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash,

 

88


Table of Contents

equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Our other directors and officers have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering.

Manner of conducting redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either: (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination; or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation would typically require stockholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a stockholder vote unless stockholder approval is not required by applicable law and stock exchange listing requirement and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other legal reasons.

If we hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will, pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

 

    conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

 

    file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of capital stock representing a majority of all of our issued and outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at such meeting. Shares held by our initial stockholders, directors and officers will count towards this quorum. Our initial stockholders have agreed to vote all of their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. Our other directors and officers also have agreed to vote in favor of our initial business combination with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering. These voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will complete our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed initial business combination or vote at all. In addition, our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any

 

89


Table of Contents

public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of a business combination. Our other directors and officers have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Redemptions of our public shares may also be subject to a higher net tangible asset test or cash requirement pursuant to an agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, any proposed agreement relating to our initial business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners; (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes; or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we would not be able to complete the business combination or redeem any such shares, and all shares of common stock submitted for redemption would be returned to the holders thereof.

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

 

    conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

 

    file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, if we elect to conduct a redemption pursuant to the tender offer rules, we and our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act to purchase shares of our common stock in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial business combination.

Limitation on redemption upon completion of our initial business combination if we seek stockholder approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its Excess Shares. We believe the restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their

 

90


Table of Contents

shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares to be sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares were not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management team at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 20% of the shares to be sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of such stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with an initial business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

Tendering share certificates in connection with a tender offer or redemption rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date to be set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials we will furnish to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we furnish our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s shares in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date to be set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable.

 

91


Table of Contents

Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we would promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If any proposed initial business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete our initial business combination with a different target until 24 months from the closing date of this offering.

Redemption of public shares and liquidation if no initial business combination

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed that we will have 24 months from the closing date of this offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the 24-month time period.

Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. However, if our initial stockholders or other members of our management team acquire public shares after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission to be held in the trust account in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of our shares of common stock.

Our initial stockholders, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible

 

92


Table of Contents

assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Prior to acquiring any securities from our initial stockholders, directors or officers, permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement with us agreeing to be bound by the same restrictions.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the $1,350,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay taxes, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors described above. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our executive officers will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if our executive officers believe that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by our executive officers to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where executive officers are unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us, if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be

 

93


Table of Contents

withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We cannot assure you, however, that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our other officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per share redemption price will not be substantially less than $10.00 per share. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors described above.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to $1,350,000 from the proceeds of this offering with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $50,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $650,000, we may fund such excess with funds from the funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to hold outside the trust account for working capital would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $650,000, the amount of funds we intend to hold outside the trust account for working capital would increase by a corresponding amount.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering may be considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 24th month from the closing date of this offering in the event that we do not complete our business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

 

94


Table of Contents

Because we will not be complying with Section 280 of the DGCL, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, is not considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidation distribution. If we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest income earned on the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors—If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.”

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering or if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with our initial business combination alone will not result in a

 

95


Table of Contents

stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above.

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. If we seek to amend any provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, we will provide dissenting public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with any such vote. Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Our other directors and officers have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering. Specifically, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, among other things, that:

 

    prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we will either: (i) seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements); or (ii) provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to tender their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), in each case subject to the limitations described herein;

 

    we will complete our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such completion;

 

    if our initial business combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, then our existence will terminate and we will distribute all amounts in the trust account; and

 

    prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional common stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination.

These provisions may not be amended without the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we may complete our initial business combination only if approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted by our stockholders at a duly held stockholders meeting.

 

96


Table of Contents

Comparison of redemption or purchase prices in connection with our initial business combination and if we fail to complete our initial business combination

The following table compares the redemptions and other permitted purchases of public shares that may take place in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering.

 

    

Redemptions in Connection
with Our Initial Business
Combination

  

Other Permitted Purchases
of Public Shares by Our
Affiliates

  

Redemptions if We Fail to
Complete Our Initial
Business Combination

Calculation of redemption price

   Redemptions at the time of our initial business combination may be made pursuant to a tender offer or in connection with a stockholder vote. The redemption price will be the same whether we conduct redemptions pursuant to a tender offer or in connection with a stockholder vote. In either case, our public stockholders may redeem their public shares for cash equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of the initial business combination (which is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per share), including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then—outstanding public shares, subject to the limitation that no redemptions will take place if all of the redemptions would cause our net tangible assets to    If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, other initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors, or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. Such purchases will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares in such transactions.    If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, we will redeem all public shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (which is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per share), including interest earned on the trust account deposits (less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses, which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares.

 

97


Table of Contents
    

Redemptions in Connection
with Our Initial Business
Combination

  

Other Permitted Purchases
of Public Shares by Our
Affiliates

  

Redemptions if We Fail to
Complete Our Initial
Business Combination

   be less than $5,000,001 and any limitations (including but not limited to cash requirements) agreed to in connection with the negotiation of terms of a proposed business combination.      

Impact to remaining stockholders

   The redemptions in connection with our initial business combination will reduce the book value per share for our remaining stockholders, who will bear the burden of the deferred underwriting commissions and interest withdrawn in order to pay taxes (to the extent not paid from amounts accrued as interest on the funds held in the trust account).    If the permitted purchases described above are made, there will be no impact to our remaining stockholders because the purchase price would not be paid by us.    The redemption of our public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination will reduce the book value per share for the founder shares held by our initial stockholders, who will be our only remaining stockholders after such redemptions.

Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares the terms of this offering to the terms of an offering by a blank check company subject to the provisions of Rule 419. This comparison assumes that the gross proceeds, underwriting commissions and underwriting expenses of our offering would be identical to those of an offering undertaken by a company subject to Rule 419, and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the provisions of Rule 419 apply to our offering.

 

    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms of a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceeds

  

The rules of the NASDAQ Capital Market provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants be deposited in a trust account.

 

$250,000,000 of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will be deposited into a trust account located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee.

   Approximately $212,625,000 of the offering proceeds, representing the gross proceeds of this offering less allowable underwriting commissions, expenses and company deductions under Rule 419, would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as

 

98


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms of a Rule 419 Offering

      trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.

Investment of net proceeds

   $250,000,000 of the net offering proceeds and the proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants held in trust will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.    Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

Receipt of interest on escrowed funds

   Interest on proceeds from the trust account to be paid to stockholders is reduced by: (i) any taxes paid or payable; and (ii) in the event of our liquidation for failure to complete our initial business combination within the allotted time, up to $100,000 of net interest that may be released to us should we have no or insufficient working capital to fund the costs and expenses of our dissolution and liquidation.    Interest on funds in escrow account would be held for the sole benefit of investors, unless and only after the funds held in escrow were released to us in connection with our completion of a business combination.

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

   NASDAQ rules require that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination.    The fair value or net assets of a target business must represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

Trading of securities issued

   We have applied to list our units on NASDAQ. The common stock and warrants constituting the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of    No trading of the units or the underlying common stock and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During

 

99


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms of a Rule 419 Offering

   this prospectus unless Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the closing of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.    this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

Exercise of the warrants

   The warrants cannot be exercised until the later of 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and 12 months from the closing date of this offering.    The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.

Election to remain an investor

   We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the completion of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements) upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein. We    A prospectus containing information pertaining to the business combination required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of a post-effective amendment to the company’s registration statement, to decide if he, she or it elects to remain a stockholder of the company or require the return of his, her or its investment. If the company has

 

100


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms of a Rule 419 Offering

   may not be required by law to hold a stockholder vote. If we are not required by law and do not otherwise decide to hold a    not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or
  

stockholder vote, we will, pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, we hold a stockholder vote, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

 

Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed initial business combination or vote at all.

   escrow account are automatically returned to the stockholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all funds on deposit in the escrow account must be returned to all of the investors and none of the securities are issued.

Business combination deadline

   If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares,    If an acquisition has not been completed within 18 months after the effective date of the company’s registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account are returned to investors.

 

101


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms of a Rule 419 Offering

   at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.   

Release of funds

   Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our taxes, if any, the funds held in the trust account will not be released from the trust account until the earliest of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, subject to applicable law; and (iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or    The proceeds held in the escrow account are not released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

102


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms of a Rule 419 Offering

  

timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination within

24 months from the closing date of this offering.

  

Limitation on redemption rights of stockholders holding more than 20% of the shares sold in this offering if we hold a stockholder vote

   Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares (more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in this offering). Our public stockholders’ inability to redeem Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and they could suffer a material loss on their investment in us if they sell their Excess Shares in open market transactions.    Most blank check companies provide no restrictions on the ability of stockholders to redeem shares based on the number of shares held by such stockholders in connection with an initial business combination.

Tendering share certificates in connection with a tender offer or redemption rights

   We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date to be set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials we will furnish to such holders or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the    In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, holders could vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holders were seeking to exercise their redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholders to

 

103


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms of a Rule 419 Offering

   event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC System, at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we furnish our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights.    arrange for them to deliver their certificate to verify ownership.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating our initial business combination.

Conflicts of Interest

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will be required to honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under law, and only present the opportunity to us if such other entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any of our officers and directors unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her

 

104


Table of Contents

capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Macquarie and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities including principal investing, specialized investment vehicle management, asset management, financial advisory, securities underwriting, sales and trading, investment research, lending and other activities. In the ordinary course of business, they engage in activities where their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with our interests. Accordingly, there may be situations in which Macquarie or an affiliate has an obligation or an interest that actually or potentially conflicts with our interests. You should assume that these conflicts will not be resolved in our favor and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Macquarie, its affiliates and their clients make investments in a variety of different businesses and may directly compete with us for acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates that meet our initial business combination objectives. Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates has an obligation to offer potential acquisition opportunities to us and may allocate them at its discretion to us or other parties. We will not have any priority in respect of acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates. You should assume that Macquarie and its affiliates and clients will have priority over us in terms of access to acquisition opportunities and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Clients of Macquarie and its affiliates may also compete with us for investment opportunities meeting our initial business combination objectives. If Macquarie or any of its affiliates is engaged to act for any such clients, we may be precluded from pursuing opportunities that would conflict with Macquarie’s or its affiliate’s obligations to such client. In addition, investment ideas generated within Macquarie or its affiliates may be suitable for our company or a client of Macquarie or its affiliates, and may be directed to any of such persons or entities rather than to us. Macquarie or its affiliates may also be engaged to advise the seller of a company, business or assets that would qualify as an acquisition opportunity for us. In such cases, we may be precluded from participating in the sale process or from purchasing the company, business or assets. If, however, we are permitted to pursue the opportunity, the interests of Macquarie or its affiliates, or their obligations to the seller, may diverge from our interests.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing date of this offering. Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates (other than the sponsor) has entered into such an agreement and, accordingly, are not precluded from participating in any other blank check company or from underwriting an offering by any other blank check company.

Indemnity

Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us, if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case, net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for its indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. We believe the

 

105


Table of Contents

likelihood of our sponsor having to indemnify the trust account is limited because we will endeavor to have all vendors and prospective target businesses as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account.

Facilities

We currently maintain our offices at 1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400 Atlanta, Georgia 30309. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

At the completion of the offering we will have 3 officers. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We will register our units, common stock and warrants under the Exchange Act and will have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by an independent registered public accounting firm.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, U.S. GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. While this may limit the pool of potential target businesses, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures beginning with, and for, the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Prior to the date of this prospectus, we will file a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we will be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and

 

106


Table of Contents

stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior September 30th; and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

 

107


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers

 

Name

  

Age

  

Title

Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

   55    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

William Drewry

   53    Chief Financial Officer

Adam Kagan

   42    General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Blair Faulstich

   46    Director Nominee*

George Brokaw

   49    Director Nominee*

John White

   54    Director Nominee*

 

* This individual has indicated his assent to occupy such position upon the completion of this offering.

Our directors, director nominees and executive officers are as follows:

Lewis W. Dickey, Jr. has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole director since January 2017 and will serve as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman following this offering. Mr. Dickey has served as the Co-Founder and Chairman, since 2010, of DM Luxury, a publisher of lifestyle magazines in the United States. Mr. Dickey served as Vice Chairman, from October 2015 to March 2017, of the board of directors of Cumulus, a leader in the radio broadcasting industry which owns and operates a nationwide radio network. From December 2000 to October 2015, Mr. Dickey served as Cumulus’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Dickey was co-founder of, and an initial investor in, Cumulus and served as Cumulus’s Executive Vice Chairman from March 1998 to December 2000. Mr. Dickey served on Cumulus’s Board of Directors from 1998 to March 2017. Prior to co-founding Cumulus, Mr. Dickey was a nationally regarded consultant on media strategy and the author of The Franchise—Building Radio Brands , published by the National Association of Broadcasters, one of the industry’s leading texts on competition and strategy. Mr. Dickey holds a bachelor’s and master’s degree from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Dickey’s qualifications to serve as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman include over thirty years of experience in the media, entertainment and marketing services industries.

William Drewry has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2017. Mr. Drewry is a founding partner of Pursuit Advisory LP, a transaction and strategic advisory services provider which launched in 2015. Prior to founding Pursuit Advisory LP, Mr. Drewry was a Managing Director at RBC Capital Markets (“RBC”), a global investment bank, from 2011 to 2015, where he helped lead the media and entertainment practice and completed a number of lead managed deals for large cap media clients, including in the television broadcasting, film entertainment and digital media industries. Prior to his time at RBC, Mr. Drewry was Chairman of Media Investments at Diamond Castle Holdings, a private equity firm, from 2009 to 2011, and prior to that, was a Managing Director at UBS Investment Bank, a global investment bank, in the Global Media Group from 2007 to 2008. Mr. Drewry also previously headed the Global Media Research team at Credit Suisse, a financial services company, from 1998 to 2007. Mr. Drewry began his career in 1992 as a research analyst with Paine Webber / Kidder Peabody, a brokerage and asset management firm. Mr. Drewry holds a bachelor’s degree from Old Dominion University.

Adam Kagan has served as our General Counsel and Assistant Secretary since February 2017. Mr. Kagan also serves as the associate general counsel for business affairs, since July 2016, of Hearts & Science, LLC, a data-driven marketing agency and an Omnicom Group Inc. company. At Hearts & Science, Mr. Kagan, advises global advertisers in connection with brand-integrated entertainment, content production and distribution and social media initiatives. Prior to joining Hearts & Science in 2016, Mr. Kagan served as the head of business and legal affairs and production, from November 2014, of Ora Media L.L.C. (“Ora”), owner of a television production studio and an on-demand digital television network funded by América Móvil, S.A.B., DE C.V. At Ora, Mr. Kagan oversaw a bicoastal production operation delivering television and digital content to a variety of national and international television channels. Mr. Kagan served as the vice president of legal and business affairs, from

 

108


Table of Contents

May 2014 to November 2014, of Three Lions Entertainment, LLC (“Three Lions”), a performance production company, prior to joining Ora. Mr. Kagan also served as international counsel from January 2007 to May 2014 for Viacom International Media Networks (“VIMN”), a group within Viacom Inc. that offers brands, content, products and services to individuals around the world. At VIMN, Mr. Kagan advised on international content production and distribution. Mr. Kagan holds a bachelor’s degree from the Tisch School of the Arts and a J.D. from Pace University School of Law. Mr. Kagan is a member of the New York bar.

Blair Faulstich will serve as a director following this offering. Mr. Faulstich has served as a managing director, since 2011, of Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. (“BSP”), a multi-strategy credit manager. Prior to joining BSP in 2011, Mr. Faulstich was a managing director and co-head of media and communications investment banking at Citadel Securities, LLC (“Citadel”), a brokerage, provider of investment banking services and subsidiary of Citadel LLC. Mr. Faulstich worked at Citadel from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Faulstich also worked as a managing director, from 2004 to 2009, in the media and communications investment banking group at Merrill Lynch & Co. Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”), a provider of investment, financing and other related financial services. Prior to Merrill Lynch, Mr. Faulstich held various positions at Deutsche Bank Alex. Brown Inc. (“Alex. Brown”)—the brokerage and investment bank of Deutsche Bank, AG—from 1997 to 2004, also in the media investment banking group. Before joining Alex. Brown in 1997, Mr. Faulstich spent three years at Arthur Andersen LLP, an accounting firm. Mr. Faulstich holds a bachelor’s degree from Principia College and an M.B.A. from Cornell University. Mr. Faulstich is qualified to serve as a director due, among other things, to his experience in finance and strategy, particularly in the media and communications space, acquired over the course of his career spent working as an investment banker in that space.

George Brokaw will serve as a director following this offering. Mr. Brokaw has served as a Managing Partner since 2013, at Trafelet Brokaw & Co., an investment firm. From 2012 to 2013, Mr. Brokaw was a Managing Director of the Highbridge Growth Equity Fund at Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC (“Highbridge”)—an alternative investment firm. Prior to joining Highbridge in 2012, Mr. Brokaw held senior positions at Perry Capital, LLC, a hedge fund, from 2005 to 2011 and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, a financial advisory and asset management firm, from 1996 to 2005. Mr. Brokaw has served as a member of the board of directors of DISH Network Corporation, since October 2013 and Alico, Inc., since November 2013. Mr. Brokaw served on the board of directors of Terrapin 3 Acquisition Corporation, a special purpose acquisition company, from July 2014 until the consummation of its business combination with Yatra in December 2016. Mr. Brokaw previously served on the board of directors of North American Energy Partners Inc. from 2006 to 2013. Mr. Brokaw holds a bachelor’s degree from Yale University and a J.D. and M.B.A. from the University of Virginia. Mr. Brokaw is a member of the New York Bar. Mr. Brokaw is qualified to serve as a director due, among other things, to his experience in finance and strategy acquired as an advisor to and member of various boards of directors, as well as his experience with blank check companies.

John White will serve as a director following this offering. Mr. White has served as a partner of Moorgate Capital Partners LLC (“Moorgate”), an independent merchant bank, advisory firm and broker dealer, since 2010, when Mr. White founded the company. Prior to founding Moorgate, Mr. White served as the head of the technology, media and telecommunications investment banking group of Wachovia Securities from 2006 to 2009. Mr. White previously worked in the media and communications investment banking group at JP Morgan Chase & Co. in both the U.S. and England, from 1994 to 2005, and was head of their media and communications investment banking group from 2003 to 2005. Mr. White has served as a member of the board of directors of Telescope, Inc., since December 2012 and ITC Service Group, Inc., since June 2016. Mr. White received a bachelor’s degree from Middlebury College. Mr. White is qualified to serve as a director due, among other things, to his experience in finance and strategy, specifically in the media and communications space, acquired as an advisor to and member of various boards of directors and over the course of his career spent working as an investment banker in that space.

 

109


Table of Contents

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will consist of four members. Our board of directors will be divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of John White, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of George Brokaw, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Lewis W. Dickey, Jr. and Blair Faulstich, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders.

Our officers are elected by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices to be set forth in our amended and restated bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our officers will consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and may consist of a President, a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and other such offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

NASDAQ listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Upon the completion of this offering, Blair Faulstich, George Brokaw and John White will be “independent directors” as defined in the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any compensation for services rendered to us. We will not pay our independent directors any annual compensation until the earlier of completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation. We have agreed to pay each of our Chief Financial Officer and our General Counsel $25,000 per year for their services to us. Our sponsor, officers, directors and any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing our initial business combination. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that are made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their respective affiliates.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other compensation from the combined company. All of this compensation will be disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers after the completion of our initial business combination will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely of independent directors.

We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business and we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination should be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination.

 

110


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Our audit committee will be composed of three independent directors, and our compensation committee will be composed of two independent directors.

Audit Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we will establish an audit committee of the board of directors. The members of our audit committee will be Blair Faulstich, George Brokaw and John White. Blair Faulstich will serve as chairman of the audit committee. Under NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of NASDAQ and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be composed solely of independent directors. Blair Faulstich, George Brokaw and John White qualify as independent directors under applicable rules. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that each of Blair Faulstich, George Brokaw and John White qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We will adopt an audit committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

 

    the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

 

    pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

 

    reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships the independent registered public accounting firm has with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

 

    setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

    obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within, the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

 

    reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

 

    reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors consisting of at least two members. The members of our Compensation Committee will be Blair Faulstich, George Brokaw and John White. George Brokaw will serve as chairman of the compensation committee.

 

111


Table of Contents

We will adopt a compensation committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

    reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

 

    reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

 

    implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

    assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

    approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

 

    producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter will also provide that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NASDAQ and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or NASDAQ rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1) of the NASDAQ rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who will participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are expected to be Blair Faulstich, George Brokaw and John White. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the NASDAQ rules, all such directors will be independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

Prior to our initial business combination, the board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by holders of our founder shares during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at an annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our board of directors should follow the procedures to be set forth in our amended and restated bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

 

112


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, nor in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We will file a copy of our form of Code of Ethics and our audit committee charter as exhibits to the registration statement. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Conflicts of Interest

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will be required to honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under law, and only present the opportunity to us if such other entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any of our officers and directors unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Macquarie and its affiliates, engage in a broad spectrum of activities including principal investing, specialized investment vehicle management, asset management, financial advisory, securities underwriting, sales and trading, investment research, lending and other activities. In the ordinary course of business, they engage in activities where their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with our interests. Accordingly, there may be situations in which Macquarie or an affiliate has an obligation or an interest that actually or potentially conflicts with our interests. You should assume that these conflicts will not be resolved in our favor and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Macquarie, its affiliates and their clients make investments in a variety of different businesses and may directly compete with us for acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates that meet our initial business combination objectives. Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates has an obligation to offer potential acquisition opportunities to us and may allocate them at its discretion to us or other parties. We will not have any priority in respect of acquisition opportunities provided or created by Macquarie or its affiliates. You should assume that Macquarie and its affiliates and clients will have priority over us in terms of access to acquisition opportunities and, as a result, we may be denied certain acquisition opportunities or otherwise disadvantaged in certain situations by our relationship with Macquarie.

Clients of Macquarie and its affiliates may also compete with us for investment opportunities meeting our initial business combination objectives. If Macquarie or any of its affiliates is engaged to act for any such clients,

 

113


Table of Contents

we may be precluded from pursuing opportunities that would conflict with Macquarie’s or its affiliates’ obligations to such client. In addition, investment ideas generated within Macquarie or its affiliates may be suitable for our company or a client of Macquarie or its affiliates, and may be directed to any of such persons or entities rather than to us. Macquarie or its affiliates may also be engaged to advise the seller of a company, business or assets that would qualify as an acquisition opportunity for us. In such cases, we may be precluded from participating in the sale process or from purchasing the company, business or assets. If, however, we are permitted to pursue the opportunity, the interests of Macquarie or its affiliates, or their obligations to the seller may diverge from our interests.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing date of this offering. Neither Macquarie nor any of its affiliates (other than the sponsor) has entered into such an agreement and, accordingly, are not precluded from participating in any other blank check company or from underwriting an offering by any other blank check company.

Since the consents of MIHI and Modern Media, LLC, both of whom are affiliates of our sponsor, are required for approval of our initial business combination, any such conflict of interest could prevent us from completing our initial business combination; provided, however, that the consent of MIHI and Modern Media, LLC will not be unreasonably withheld by either party, giving consideration to such issues including but not limited to the potential regulatory, reputational or compliance impact to either party.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

 

    None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

 

    In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. For a complete description of our management’s other affiliations, see “—Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers.”

 

   

Our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Our other directors and officers have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering. Additionally, our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing date of this offering. However, if our initial stockholders or any of our officers, directors or affiliates acquire any public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial stockholders until the earlier of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination; and (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our public stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last reported closing price

 

114


Table of Contents
 

of our common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lock-up. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement warrants, and the common stock underlying such warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Due to the affiliation of our officers and certain of our directors with our sponsor and since our sponsor may directly or indirectly own common stock and warrants following this offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

 

    Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether to proceed with a particular business combination.

 

    Our key personnel may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a potential business combination if the retention or resignation of any such key personnel was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

 

    the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

 

    the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

 

    it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply with respect to any of our officers or directors in circumstances where the application of the doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers, directors and director nominees currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may present a conflict of interest:

 

Name of Individual

 

Entity Name

 

Entity’s Business

 

Affiliation

Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

  DM Luxury, LLC   Publisher of luxury lifestyle magazines   Co-founder and Chairman of the Board

William Drewry

  Pursuit Advisory LP   Provider of transaction and strategic advisory services   Founding partner

Adam Kagan

  Hearts & Science, LLC   Marketing agency   Associate General Counsel

Blair Faulstich

 

Benefit Street Partners L.L.C.

  Credit manager   Managing Director

George Brokaw

  Trafelet Brokaw & Co.   Investment management and financial advisory services   Managing Partner

 

115


Table of Contents

Name of Individual

 

Entity Name

 

Entity’s Business

 

Affiliation

  DISH Network Corporation   Provider of satellite TV   Director
  Alico, Inc.   Agriculture and land management   Director

John White

 

Moorgate Capital Partners LLC

  Independent merchant bank, advisory firm and broker dealer   Partner
  Telescope, Inc.   Interactive media and technology   Director
  ITC Service Group, Inc.   Voice, data and video service provider   Director

Accordingly, if any of the above officers or directors become aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will be required to honor these obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

We will not be prohibited from pursuing our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm, that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In addition, our sponsor or any of its affiliates may make additional investments in the company in connection with the initial business combination, although our sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If our sponsor or any of its affiliates elects to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence our sponsor’s motivation to complete our initial business combination.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote all of their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination, and our officers and other directors have also agreed to vote any public shares purchased by them in or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law and any other applicable law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted prior to such amendment). In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that to the full extent permitted by Delaware law and any other applicable law currently or hereinafter in effect, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors.

We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification to be provided for in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also permit us to maintain insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any expense, liability or loss arising out of his

 

116


Table of Contents

or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We will obtain a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

 

117


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus, as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock included in the units offered by this prospectus, and assuming no purchase of units in this offering, by:

 

    each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

    each of our executive officers and directors; and

 

    all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

The post-offering ownership percentage column below assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, that our sponsor forfeits 937,500 founder shares and that there are 31,250,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding after this offering.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
  Approximate Percentage of
Outstanding Common Stock
    Before Offering   After Offering

Modern Media Sponsor, LLC (1)

  6,150,000   98.40%   19.68%

MIHI LLC (2)

  6,150,000   98.40%   19.68%

Modern Media, LLC (3)

  6,150,000   98.40%   19.68%

Lewis W. Dickey, Jr. (3)

  6,150,000   98.40%   19.68%

William Drewry

  15,000   *   *

Adam Kagan

  10,000   *   *

Blair Faulstich

  25,000   *   *

George Brokaw

  25,000   *   *

John White

  25,000   *   *

All directors and executive officers as a group (6 individuals)

  6,250,000   100.00%   20.00%

 

* Less than one percent.
(1) Modern Media Sponsor, LLC is 50% owned by MIHI and 50% owned by Modern Media, LLC. MIHI and Modern Media, LLC have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Modern Media Sponsor, LLC and, as such, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Modern Media Sponsor, LLC. Each of MIHI and Modern Media, LLC disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. See Note 2 below for information on the ownership of MIHI. See Note 3 below for information on the ownership of Modern Media, LLC. The business address of Modern Media Sponsor, LLC is 1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.
(2) MIHI owns 50% of our sponsor and, as such, may be deemed to beneficially own shares held by our sponsor. MIHI is a member managed LLC. MIHI is indirectly controlled by Macquarie, a publicly listed company in Australia. Please refer to the structure chart on page 10 showing the ownership structure of MIHI. Nicholas Moore is the chief executive officer of Macquarie and in such position has voting and dispositive power with respect to securities held by MIHI. By virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, Macquarie and Mr. Moore may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of all shares held by MIHI. Each of Macquarie and Mr. Moore expressly disclaims any such beneficial ownership, except to the extent of their individual pecuniary interests therein. The address of MIHI is c/o Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., 125 West 55 th Street, L-22, New York, NY 10019-5369.
(3) Mr. Dickey owns 100% of Modern Media, LLC, which owns 50% of our sponsor and, as such, he may be deemed to beneficially own shares held by Modern Media, LLC or our sponsor. Mr. Dickey disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

118


Table of Contents

Immediately after this offering, our initial stockholders are expected to beneficially own approximately 20% of our then issued and outstanding common stock. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a stock dividend, stock split or share repurchase or contribution (or other similar action) back to capital, as applicable, immediately prior to the completion of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders at 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after this offering. In addition, because of their ownership block, our initial stockholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including, amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions.

Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, or $7,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Each private placement warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments as described herein. The purchase price of the private placement warrants will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account pending our completion of our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are subject to the transfer restrictions described below. The private placement warrants will be non-redeemable by us and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units being sold in this offering. Otherwise, the private placement warrants will have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this offering, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

Our sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants

The founder shares, private placement warrants and any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the private placement warrants are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in the letter agreements with us to be entered into by our initial stockholders. Those lock-up provisions provide that such securities are not transferable, assignable or salable: (i) in the case of the founder shares, until the earlier of (a) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (b) if, subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property; and (ii) in the case of the private placement warrants and the respective common stock underlying such warrants, until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except in each case: (a) to affiliates of our sponsor (including, without limitation, by means of any distribution by the sponsor of securities to its members), to our officers or directors, to officers, directors, members or beneficial owners of our sponsor, to any affiliates or family members of the foregoing or to any trust where any of the foregoing is the primary beneficiary; (b) in the case of any beneficial owner of our sponsor or an individual, by gift to a member of one of the members of the beneficial owners of our sponsor or individual’s immediate family, to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of one of the beneficial owners of our sponsor or individual’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or beneficial owner, or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the completion of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased; (f) in the event of our liquidation prior to our completion of our initial business

 

119


Table of Contents

combination; (g) by virtue of the laws of Delaware or our sponsor’s amended and restated limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor; or (h) in the event of our completion of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a), (b) and (e) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.

Registration Rights

Our initial stockholders and holders of our private placement warrants and working capital loan warrants, if any, and their respective permitted transferees (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants or working capital loan warrants) will have registration rights to require us to register a sale of any of such securities held by them pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. These holders will be entitled to make up to three demands, in the case of the founder shares and the private placement warrants (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants) excluding short form registration demands, and one demand, in the case of the working capital loan warrants (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the working capital loan warrants), that we register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have “piggy-back” registration rights to include such securities in other registration statements filed by us and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement will provide that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period, which will occur: (i) in the case of the founder shares, upon the earlier of (a) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (b) if, subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalization, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property; (ii) in the case of the private placement warrants and the working capital loan warrants and the respective common stock underlying such warrants, 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except as otherwise described herein; provided, however, that in no event can any such registration statement covering the working capital loan warrants (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the working capital loan warrants) become effective prior to 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In the case of the working capital loan warrants, the demand registration right provided will not be exercisable for longer than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(iv) and the piggyback registration right provided will not be exercisable for longer than seven years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v). We will bear the costs and expenses of filing any such registration statements. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

120


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In June 2014, we were formed by MIHI, at which point MIHI paid an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $250.00 per share, for its ownership interest in us. Prior to this initial investment, we had no assets, tangible or intangible. In January 2017, MIHI transferred its ownership interest in us to our sponsor for no consideration. The per share price for the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount initially contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. Effective February 15, 2017 we completed the Stock Split and, as a result, our sponsor held 7,187,500 shares of our common stock. Our sponsor subsequently sold certain of such shares to certain of our officers and/or directors. Up to 937,500 of our sponsor’s founder shares will be subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all. The number of founder shares outstanding after the Stock Split was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 28,750,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after this offering. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a stock dividend, stock split or share repurchase of contribution (or other similar action) back to capital, as applicable, immediately prior to the completion of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders at 20% of the issued and outstanding common stock after this offering. Our initial stockholders do not intend to purchase any units in this offering.

Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 private placement warrants for a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. As such, our sponsor’s interest in this transaction is valued at $7,000,000 given the number of private placement warrants purchased. Each private placement warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one share of common stock at $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferable, assignable, or salable by it until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

We have granted Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of our sponsor (and an underwriter of this offering), a right of first refusal for a period of 36 months from the closing date of this offering to provide to us certain financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising, and other services for which it may receive fees.

Except as described above, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. has not yet been retained for a specific financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising or other transaction and so we are not able to quantify the fees for any such engagement. No funds will be paid out of the trust to fund any such fee payments and it is not expected that any fees would be paid prior to the completion of a business combination. The actual amount of fees received will vary significantly based on the size of any transaction and the extent to which other investment banks are involved.

As more fully discussed in “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

Our sponsor, officers and directors or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing our initial business combination. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that are made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their affiliates, and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by

 

121


Table of Contents

such persons in connection with activities on our behalf, although no such reimbursements will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor may loan us up to an aggregate of $650,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due at the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the closing of this offering. These loans will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the estimated $650,000 of offering proceeds that has been allocated to the payment of offering expenses. As of March 23, 2017, $150,000 was outstanding under these loans. The value of our sponsor’s interest in this loan transaction corresponds to the principal amount outstanding under any such loan.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, (i) our sponsor has committed to loan us up to an aggregate of $500,000, to be provided to us in the event that funds held outside of the trust are insufficient to fund our expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after this offering and prior to our initial business combination and (ii) our sponsor, one or more affiliates of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us any additional funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into working capital loan warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The working capital loan warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period except that, (i) such warrants shall not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (ii) pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), such warrants, and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, shall be subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer, as described under “Description of Securities—Warrants—Private Placement Warrants and Working Capital Loan Warrants.” Other than as set forth above, the terms of such loans by our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers or directors, if any, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After the completion of our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other compensation from the combined company. All of this compensation will be disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers after the completion of our initial business combination will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the founder shares, private placement warrants and working capital loan warrants (if any), which is described under the heading “Principal Stockholders—Registration Rights.”

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will be authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value each and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. The following description summarizes the material terms of our shares as set out more particularly in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Units

Each unit has an initial public offering price of $10.00 and consists of one share of common stock and one-half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder will be able to exercise its warrants only for a whole number of the company’s shares of common stock. This means only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will be eligible to trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least two units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant.

The common stock and warrants constituting the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the shares of common stock and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into shares of common stock and warrants.

In no event will the common stock and warrants be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet of the Company reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K, which will include this audited balance sheet, promptly after the closing of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Common Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, 31,250,000 shares of our common stock will be outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the corresponding forfeiture of 937,500 founder shares by our sponsor), including:

 

    25,000,000 shares of our common stock underlying the units being offered in this offering; and

 

    6,250,000 shares of our common stock held by our initial stockholders.

If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a stock dividend, stock split or share repurchase or contribution (or other similar action) back to capital, as applicable, immediately prior to the completion of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders at 20% of the issued and outstanding common stock after this offering.

Stockholders of record will be entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Unless specified in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or as required by the applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our stockholders. Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of

 

123


Table of Contents

which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted in the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Our stockholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Because our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to put to a stockholder vote a proposal to increase the number of shares of common stock which we are authorized to issue at the same time as our stockholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination.

In accordance with NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on NASDAQ. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors as will be provided for in our amended and restated bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the completion of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Our other directors and officers have entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering. Permitted transferees of our initial stockholders, officers or directors will be subject to the same obligations. Unlike many blank check companies that hold stockholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash upon completion of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, if a stockholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. However, the

 

124


Table of Contents

participation of our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our initial business combination even if a majority of our public stockholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination. We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will complete our initial business combination.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming Excess Shares. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Our stockholders’ inability to redeem their Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination, and such stockholders could suffer a material loss in their investment in us if they sell their Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, such stockholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete the business combination. And, as a result, such stockholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

If we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote all of their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need only 9,375,001, or approximately 37.5%, of the 25,000,000 public shares being offered and sold in this offering to be voted in favor of our initial business combination (assuming all outstanding shares of our common stock are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised) in order to have such initial business combination approved. Our other directors and officers have also entered into letter agreements similar to the one entered into with our initial stockholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after this offering. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed initial business combination or vote at all.

Pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholder and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering. However, if our initial stockholders or any of our management team acquire any public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time frame.

 

125


Table of Contents

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our stockholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock if any, having preference over the common stock. Our stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock, except that we will provide our stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Founder Shares

The founder shares are identical to the shares of common stock included in the units being sold in this offering, and holders of founder shares have the same stockholder rights as public stockholders, except that: (i) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below; (ii) our initial stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (b) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering; (c) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe); and (iii) the founder shares will have certain registration rights. If we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote all of their founder shares and any public shares they hold that are purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. Permitted transferees of founder shares will have such shares subject to the same obligations as our initial stockholders.

With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares are not transferable, assignable or salable (except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor, each of whom will be subject to the same transfer restrictions) until the earlier of one year after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier if, (x) subsequent to our initial business combination, the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our public stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Preferred Stock

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock and will provide that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred stock

 

126


Table of Contents

outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in this offering.

Warrants

Public Stockholders’ Warrants

Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of 12 months from the closing date of this offering or 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder will be able to exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares of common stock. This means only a whole warrant may be exercised at a given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will be eligible to trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least two units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon our redemption or liquidation.

We will not be obligated to deliver any shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless we have declared effective a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement), subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. In the event that the conditions in the immediately preceding sentence are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the share of common stock underlying such unit.

We are not registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants at this time. However, we have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC and have declared effective a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if our shares of common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use our best efforts to qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

If a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th day after the closing of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption.

Once the warrants become exercisable, we may call the warrants for redemption:

 

    in whole and not in part;

 

    at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

127


Table of Contents
    upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, or the 30-day redemption period, to each warrant holder; and

 

    if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

We will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the common stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” will mean the average reported last closing price of the shares of common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of common stock to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants after our initial business combination. If we call our warrants for redemption and our management does not take advantage of this option, holders other than our sponsor and its permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their private placement warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other warrant holders would have been required to use had all warrant holders been required to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below.

A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

If the number of outstanding shares of common stock is increased by a capitalization or stock dividend payable in shares of common stock, or by a split-up of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of common stock

 

128


Table of Contents

issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of common stock. A rights offering to holders of shares of common stock entitling holders to purchase shares of common stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of common stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of common stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for shares of common stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of common stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of common stock, in determining the price payable for shares of common stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of common stock as reported during the ten trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of common stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of shares of common stock on account of such shares of common stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than: (i) as described above, (ii) certain ordinary cash dividends, (iii) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of shares of common stock in connection with a proposed initial business combination, (iv) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of shares of common stock in connection with a vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that would effect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within twenty-four (24) months of this offering, (v) as a result of the repurchase of shares of common stock by the company if the proposed initial business combination is presented to the stockholders of the company for approval, or (vi) in connection with the redemption of our public shares upon our failure to complete our initial business combination and any subsequent distribution of our assets upon our liquidation, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value (as determined by the board of directors in good faith) of any securities or other assets paid on each share of common stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of our common stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of common stock.

Whenever the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of common stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of common stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of common stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of common stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of common stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization,

 

129


Table of Contents

merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. However, (i) if such holders were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each warrant will become exercisable will be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and

amount received per share by such holders in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election, and (ii) if a tender, exchange or redemption offer has been made to and accepted by such holders (other than a tender, exchange or redemption offer made by the company in connection with redemption rights held by stockholders of the company as to be provided for in the company’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as a result of the repurchase of shares of common stock by the company if a proposed initial business combination is presented to the stockholders of the company for approval) under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock, the holder of a warrant will be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a stockholder if such warrant holder had exercised the warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the shares of common stock held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the completion of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in the warrant agreement. Additionally, if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of the shares of common stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the per share consideration minus Black-Scholes Warrant Value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant.

The public warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants. The warrant agreement will provide that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but will require the approval of the holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of the public warrants.

The public warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders will not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will be eligible to trade.

 

130


Table of Contents

Private Placement Warrants and Working Capital Loan Warrants

The private placement warrants (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except, among other limited exceptions as described under “Principal Stockholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants,” to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor) and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. Otherwise, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this offering, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period; provided, however, that if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units being sold in this offering.

If a holder of the private placement warrants elects to exercise them on a cashless basis, such holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering his, her or its warrants for that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” will mean the average reported closing price of the common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent. The reason that we have agreed that these warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the initial purchasers and their permitted transferees is because it is not known at this time whether they will be affiliated with us following a business combination. If they remain affiliated with us, their ability to sell our securities in the open market will be significantly limited. We expect to have policies in place that prohibit insiders from selling our securities except during specific periods of time. Even during such periods of time when insiders will be permitted to sell our securities, an insider cannot trade in our securities if he or she is in possession of material non-public information. Accordingly, unlike public stockholders who could exercise their warrants and sell the shares of common stock received upon such exercise freely in the open market in order to recoup the cost of such exercise, the insiders could be significantly restricted from selling such securities. As a result, we believe that allowing the holders to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis is appropriate.

The working capital loan warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of this prospectus, except pursuant to (i) the transfer of any security by operation of law or by reason of our reorganization; (ii) the transfer of any security to any FINRA member firm participating in this offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restrictions applicable to the transferee for the remainder of the 180 day time period; (iii) the transfer of any security if the aggregate amount of our securities held by such holder or related person do not exceed 1% of the securities being offered; (iv) the transfer of any security that is beneficially owned on a pro-rata basis by all equity owners of an investment fund, provided that no participating member manages or otherwise directs investments by the fund, and participating members in the aggregate do not own more than 10% of the equity in the fund; or (v) the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to these lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the 180 day time period. The working capital loan warrants shall not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Otherwise, the working capital loan warrants have terms and provisions identical to those of the private placement warrants.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not

 

131


Table of Contents

currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of this offering, in which case we will effect a stock dividend (or, potentially, a split) or other appropriate mechanism immediately prior to the completion of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders at 20% of our issued and outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our common stock and warrant agent for our warrants will be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent, its agents and each of its stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions will not be able to be amended without the approval of the holders of at least 65% of our common stock.

Our initial stockholders, who will beneficially own at least 20% of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), may participate in any vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, among other things, that:

 

    if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

 

    prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to: (i) receive funds from the trust account; or (ii) vote on any initial business combination;

 

    although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

 

   

if a stockholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by applicable law and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will offer to redeem our

 

132


Table of Contents
 

public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

 

    our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination;

 

    if our stockholders approve an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, we will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of common stock upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares; and

 

    we will not effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that under no circumstances will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers upon completion of this offering. This statute prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with:

 

    a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”);

 

    an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or

 

    an associate of an interested stockholder, for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder.

A “business combination” includes a merger or sale of more than 10% of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 do not apply if:

 

    our board of directors approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder,” prior to the date of the transaction;

 

    after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock; or

 

    on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual meetings.

 

133


Table of Contents

Our authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of our board of directors, by our CEO or by our chairman.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be delivered to or mailed and received by the secretary at our principal executive offices not less than 90 nor more than 120 calender days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which we held the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Securities Act, proposals seeking inclusion in our annual proxy statement must comply with the notice periods contained therein. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

Securities Eligible for Future Sale

Immediately after this offering we will have 25,000,000 (or 28,750,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) shares of common stock outstanding. The 25,000,000 shares (or 28,750,000 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the 6,250,000 (or 7,187,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) founder shares and all 7,000,000 private placement warrants are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering, and are subject to transfer restrictions as set forth elsewhere in this prospectus. These restricted securities will have certain registration rights as more fully described below under “—Registration Rights.”

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that: (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale; and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the total number of shares of common stock then-outstanding, which will equal 312,500 shares immediately after this offering (or 359,375 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full); or

 

134


Table of Contents
    the average weekly reported trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

 

    the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

 

    the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

    the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

 

    at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, our initial stockholders will be able to sell their founder shares and our sponsor will be able to sell its private placement warrants, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of the founder shares, private placement warrants and working capital loan warrants, if any, and their respective permitted transferees (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants or working capital loan warrants) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering requiring us to register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, in the case of the founder shares and the private placement warrants (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants) excluding short form demands, and one demand, in the case of the working capital loan warrants (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the working capital loan warrants), that we register certain of our securities held by them for sale under the Securities Act and have the securities covered thereby registered for resale pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. In addition, the holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination. However, the registration rights agreement will provide that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period, which will occur: (i) in the case of the founder shares, on the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (B) if, subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property; (ii) in the case of the private placement warrants and the working capital loans warrants and the respective shares of common stock underlying such warrants, 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except as otherwise described herein; provided, however, that in no event can any such registration statement covering the working capital loan

 

135


Table of Contents

warrants (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the working capital loan warrants) become effective prior to 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In the case of the working capital loan warrants, the demand registration right provided will not be exercisable for longer than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(iv) and the piggyback registration right provided will not be exercisable for longer than seven years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v). We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Listing of Securities

We have applied to list our units, common stock and warrants on NASDAQ under the symbols “MMDMU,” “MMDM” and “MMDMW,” respectively. We expect that our units will be listed on NASDAQ on or promptly after the effective date of the registration statement. Following the date the shares of our common stock and warrants are eligible to trade separately, we anticipate that the shares of our common stock and warrants will be listed separately and as a unit on NASDAQ. We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on NASDAQ.

 

136


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our units, the shares of common stock and warrants received as part of such units, and the shares of common stock received upon exercise of warrants received as part of such units, which we refer to collectively as our securities. Because the components of a unit are separable at the option of the holder, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying common stock and warrant components of the unit, as the case may be. As a result, the discussion below with respect to actual holders of common stock and warrants should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying common stock and warrants that comprise the units). This discussion applies only to securities that are held as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is applicable only to holders who purchased units in this offering.

This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on certain investment income and the different consequences that may apply if you are subject to special rules that apply to certain types of investors, such as:

 

    banks and other financial institutions;

 

    insurance companies;

 

    dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities subject to a mark-to-market method of accounting with respect to their securities holdings;

 

    persons holding the securities as part of a “straddle,” hedge, integrated transaction or similar transaction;

 

    U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

    partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes and investors therein;

 

    controlled foreign corporations;

 

    passive foreign investment companies;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    tax-exempt entities; and

 

    persons deemed to sell our securities pursuant to the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

If you are a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of your partners will generally depend on the status of the partners and your activities.

This discussion is based on the Code and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date hereof, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. This discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation, or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (such as gift and estate taxes).

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.

 

137


Table of Contents

Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit

No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addresses the treatment of a unit or instruments similar to a unit for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. The acquisition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the acquisition of one share of our common stock and one-half of one warrant, with each whole warrant exercisable for one share of our common stock. We intend to treat the acquisition of a unit in this manner and, by purchasing a unit, you will agree to adopt such treatment for tax purposes. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between the one share of common stock and the one-half of a warrant based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. The price allocated to each share of common stock and the one-half of one warrant should be the stockholder’s tax basis in such share or one-half of one warrant, as the case may be. Any disposition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disposition of the share of common stock and one-half of one warrant comprising the unit, and the amount realized on the disposition should be allocated between the common stock and the one-half of one warrant based on their respective relative fair market values. The separation of the share of common stock and the one-half of one warrant comprising a unit should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The foregoing treatment of the shares of common stock and warrants and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult its own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit). The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. Holder.” A U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our units, shares of common stock or warrants who is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Taxation of Distributions . If we pay cash distributions to U.S. Holders of shares of our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “U.S. Holders—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock” below.

Dividends we pay to a U.S. Holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations) and

 

138


Table of Contents

provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. Holder generally will constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to tax at the maximum tax rate accorded to long-term capital gains. It is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to the common stock described in this prospectus may prevent a U.S. Holder from satisfying the applicable holding period requirements with respect to the dividends received deduction or the preferential tax rate on qualified dividend income, as the case may be.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants . Upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock or warrants which, in general, would include a redemption of common stock or warrants as described below, and including as a result of a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within the required time period, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock or warrants. Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common stock or warrants so disposed of exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, whether the redemption rights with respect to the common stock described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders will be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Generally, the amount of gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder is an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition (or, if the common stock or warrants are held as part of units at the time of the disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the common stock or the warrants based upon the then fair market values of the common stock and the warrants included in the units) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock or warrants so disposed of. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock or warrants generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost (that is, as discussed above, the portion of the purchase price of a unit allocated to a share of common stock or warrant or, as discussed below, the U.S. Holder’s initial basis for common stock received upon exercise of warrants) less, in the case of a share of common stock, any prior distributions treated as a return of capital.

Redemption of Common Stock . In the event that a U.S. Holder’s common stock is redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described in this prospectus under “Description of Securities—Common Stock” or if we purchase a U.S. Holder’s common stock in an open market transaction, the treatment of the transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as sale of the common stock under Section 302 of the Code. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of common stock, the U.S. Holder will be treated as described under “U.S. Holders—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants” above. If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of common stock, the U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described above under “U.S. Holders—Taxation of Distributions”. Whether a redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of shares of our stock treated as held by the U.S. Holder (including any stock constructively owned by the U.S. Holder as a result of owning warrants) relative to all of our shares outstanding both before and after the redemption. The redemption of common stock generally will be treated as a sale of the common stock (rather than as a corporate distribution) if the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. Holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. Holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder takes into account not only stock actually owned by the U.S. Holder, but also shares of our stock that are constructively owned by it. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to stock owned directly, stock owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. Holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. Holder, as well as any stock the U.S. Holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include common stock which could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the warrants. In order to meet the substantially

 

139


Table of Contents

disproportionate test, the percentage of our outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately following the redemption of common stock must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately before the redemption. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of the shares of our stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed or (ii) all of the shares of our stock actually owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed and the U.S. Holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of stock owned by certain family members and the U.S. Holder does not constructively own any other stock. The redemption of the common stock will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. Holder’s conversion results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority stockholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. Holder should consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption.

If none of the foregoing tests is satisfied, then the redemption will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “U.S. Holders—Taxation of Distributions,” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. Holder in the redeemed common stock will be added to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining stock, or, if it has none, to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrants or possibly in other stock constructively owned by it.

Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant . Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize taxable gain or loss with respect to the acquisition of common stock upon exercise of a warrant for cash. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the share of our common stock received upon exercise of the warrant generally will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. Holder’s initial investment in the warrant (i.e., the portion of the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for a unit that is allocated to the warrant, as described above under “—General Treatment of Units”) and the exercise price. The U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common stock received upon exercise of the warrants will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrants and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the warrants. If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax free, either because the exercise is not a gain realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-free situation, a U.S. Holder’s basis in the common stock received would equal the holder’s basis in the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a gain realization event, a U.S. Holder’s holding period in the common stock would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the common stock would include the holding period of the warrant.

It is also possible that a cashless exercise could be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. Holder could be deemed to have surrendered warrants equal to the number of shares of common stock having a value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised. The U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the common stock represented by the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common stock received would equal the sum of the fair market value of the common stock represented by the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrants exercised. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common stock would commence on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant.

 

140


Table of Contents

Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

Possible Constructive Distributions . The terms of each warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of common stock for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrant in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Stockholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. The U.S. Holders of the warrants would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the warrant holders’ proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of common stock that would be obtained upon exercise) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of shares of our common stock which is taxable to the U.S. Holders of such shares as described under “U.S. Holders—Taxation of Distributions” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. Holders of the warrants received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding . In general, information reporting requirements may apply to dividends (including constructive dividends) paid to a U.S. Holder and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our units, shares of common stock and warrants, unless the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if the U.S. Holder fails to provide a taxpayer identification number (generally, on a properly completed IRS Form W-9) or a certification of exempt status, or has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding (and such notification has not been withdrawn).

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “Non-U.S. Holder.” A Non-U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our units, shares of common stock or warrants who is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership.

Taxation of Distributions . In general, any distributions we make to a Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividends are not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, we will be required to withhold tax from the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless such Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E). Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of the common stock, which will be treated as described under “Non-U.S. Holders—Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants” below.

This withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. resident, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. A Non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

 

141


Table of Contents

In addition, if we determine that we are likely to be classified as a “United States real property holding corporation” (see “Non-U.S. Holders—Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants” below), we may withhold up to 10% of any distribution to a Non-U.S. Holder.

Exercise of a Warrant . The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non-U.S. Holder’s exercise of a warrant, or the lapse of a warrant held by a Non-U.S. Holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise or lapse of a warrant by a U.S. Holder, as described under “U.S. Holders—Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described below in “Non-U.S. Holders—Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants.”

Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants . Subject to the discussions below under “Non-U.S. Holders—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Non-U.S. Holders—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of gain recognized on a sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which would include a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or warrants (including an expiration or redemption of our warrants), in each case without regard to whether those securities were held as part of a unit, unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder);

 

    the gain is realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held our common stock, and, in the case where shares of our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the Non-U.S. Holder has owned, directly or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock. There can be no assurance that our common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose.

Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, the gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. resident. Any gains described in the first bullet point above of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a non-U.S. corporation may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or lower treaty rate).

An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet above will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, exchange or other disposition, which tax may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for the year, provided such Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

If the third bullet point above applies to a Non-U.S. Holder, gain recognized by such holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock or warrants will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a buyer of our common stock or warrants from such holder may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 10% of the amount realized upon such disposition. We cannot determine whether we will be a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future until we complete our initial business combination.

Redemption of Common Stock . The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the redemption of a Non-U.S. Holder’s common stock pursuant to the redemption provisions described in this prospectus under

 

142


Table of Contents

“Description of Securities—Common Stock” generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of such a redemption of a U.S. Holder’s common stock, as described under “U.S. Holders—Redemption of Common Stock” above, and the consequences of the redemption to the Non-U.S. Holder will be as described above under “Non-U.S. Holders—Taxation of Distributions” and “Non-U.S. Holders—Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants,” as applicable.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding . Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends (including constructive dividends) and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our units, shares of common stock and warrants. A Non-U.S. Holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding requirements (for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable IRS Form W-8, as applicable). The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act . The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock or warrants paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock or warrants paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding obligations under FATCA generally apply to payments of dividends (including constructive dividends) on our common stock or warrants, and under transition rules, are expected to apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock or warrants on or after January 1, 2019. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph.

We will not pay any additional amounts to holders in respect of any amounts withheld, including pursuant to FATCA. Under certain circumstances, you may be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our securities.

 

143


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

We are offering units described in this prospectus in an underwritten offering in which Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. is acting as representative of the underwriters named below. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., acting as representative of the underwriters named below, with respect to the units being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the respective number of shares of units set forth opposite its name below:

 

Name    Number of Units  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

I-Bankers Securities, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     25,000,000  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to purchase our units depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:

 

    the representations and warranties made by us are true and agreements have been performed;

 

    there is no material adverse change in our business; and

 

    we deliver customary closing documents.

Subject to these conditions, the underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all units offered by this prospectus, if any such units are purchased. However, the underwriters are not obligated to take or pay for units covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below, unless and until such option is exercised.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 45 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 15% of the offered amount, or 3,750,000 additional units offered to the public at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth below under “Discounts and Commissions” and on the cover page of this prospectus. We will be obligated to sell these units to the underwriters to the extent the over-allotment option is exercised. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the sale of our units offered by this prospectus. If any units are purchased with this overallotment option, the underwriters will severally purchase the units in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above and offer the additional units on the same terms as those on which the units are being offered.

Discounts and Commissions

The underwriters propose to offer the units directly to the public at the public offering price indicated on the cover page of this prospectus and to various dealers at that price less a concession not to exceed $          per unit. After the initial offering of the units, the offering price and concession to dealers may be reduced by the underwriters. No reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as indicated on the cover page of this prospectus. The units are offered by the underwriters as stated in this prospectus, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

144


Table of Contents

The table below shows per unit and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we will pay to the underwriters and the proceeds we will receive before expenses. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:

 

            Total  
     Per Unit      No Exercise of the
Over-Allotment
Option
     Full Exercise of the
Over-Allotment
Option
 

Public offering price

   $ 10.00      $ 250,000,000      $ 287,500,000  

Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us (1)

   $ 0.55        13,750,000        15,812,500  

Proceeds to us, before expenses (1)

   $ 9.45        236,250,000        271,687,500  

 

(1) Includes $0.35 per unit, or approximately $8,750,000 (or $10,812,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters to be placed in a trust account located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee as described herein. The deferred underwriting commissions will be released to the underwriters only on completion of our initial business combination, in an amount equal to $0.35 multiplied by the number of shares of common stock sold as part of the units in this offering, as described in this prospectus (or approximately $0.376 multiplied by the number of shares of common stock sold as part of the units in this offering if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, the entire underwriting discounts and commissions of $0.55 per unit sold pursuant to the over-allotment option will be deferred and released to the underwriters only on completion of our initial business combination, such that if the over-allotment option is exercised in full a total of $10,812,500 of underwriting discounts and commissions would be deferred.

If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of this offering, the trustee and the underwriters have agreed that they will forfeit any rights or claims to their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the trust account, and that the deferred underwriters’ discounts and commissions will be distributed on a pro rata basis, together with any accrued interest thereon (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to us to fund working capital requirements) to the public stockholders.

The underwriting discounts and commissions have been determined by negotiations between us and the representative and are a percentage of the offering price to the public. Among the factors considered in determining the discounts and commissions were the size of the offering, the nature of the security to be offered and the discounts and commissions charged in comparable transactions.

We estimate that our total expenses for this offering, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $650,000, and are payable by us. We have agreed to pay all fees and expenses we incur in connection with this offering. We have also agreed to pay all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of this offering by, FINRA, in an amount up to $43,624. In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters up to $             for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and up to $             for their reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the road show related to this offering. The FINRA related payment and such reimbursements are deemed to be underwriting compensation by FINRA.

Warrants Upon Conversion of Working Capital Loans

The warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the working capital loans, if any, have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriters and their affiliates (or permitted assignees under Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of these warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

145


Table of Contents

Indemnity

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, and persons who control the underwriters, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our initial stockholders and our officers and directors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any units, warrants, shares of common stock or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of common stock subject to certain exceptions. Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. Our initial stockholders and our officers and directors are also subject to separate transfer restrictions on their founder shares and private placement warrants pursuant to the letter agreements as described herein.

Our initial stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (a) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (b) if, subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property, except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under “Principal Stockholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants.”

The private placement warrants (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under “Principal Stockholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants”).

Stabilization

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids:

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase units so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified minimum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the units while the offering is in progress.

 

    Over-allotment transactions involve sales of units in excess of the number of units the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of units over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of units that they may purchase in the option to purchase additional units. In a naked short position, the number of units involved is greater than the number of units in the option to purchase additional units.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of units in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of units to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase units through exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the option to purchase additional units and, therefore, have a naked short

 

146


Table of Contents
 

position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the units originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our units. As a result, the price of our units in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our units. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and if commenced, may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time.

Market for the Securities

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the units was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters.

The determination of our per unit offering price was more arbitrary than would typically be the case if we were an operating company. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies, prior offerings of those companies, our management, our capital structure, and currently prevailing general conditions in equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the units, common stock or warrants will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our units, common stock or public warrants will develop and continue after this offering.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selected dealers who are qualified market makers on the Nasdaq Capital Market, if any, may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Securities Act. Rule 103 permits passive market making activity by the participants in our offering. Passive market making may occur before the pricing of our offering, or before the commencement of offers or sales of our units. Each passive market maker must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as a passive market maker. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for the security. If all independent bids are lowered below the bid of the passive market maker, however, the bid must then be lowered when purchase limits are exceeded. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are limited to a specified percentage of the passive market maker’s average daily trading volume in the units during a specified period and must be discontinued when that limit is reached. The underwriters and other dealers are not required to engage in passive market making and may end passive market making activities at any time.

Our Relationship with the Underwriters

Except as described below, we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, any of the underwriters may introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital in the future.

 

147


Table of Contents

If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters prior to the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering and we may pay the underwriters of this offering or any entity with which they are affiliated a finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of a business combination.

We have granted Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of our sponsor (and an underwriter in this offering), a right of first refusal for a period of 36 months from the closing date of this offering to provide to us certain financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising and other services for which it may receive fees. The amount of fees we pay to Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. will be based upon the prevailing market for similar services rendered by global full-service investment banks for such transactions at such time, and will be subject to the review of our Audit Committee pursuant to the Audit Committee’s policies and procedures relating to transactions that may present conflicts of interest.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have performed and may continue to perform investment banking and financial advisory services for us, our affiliates and/or other entities affiliated with members of our management team in the ordinary course of its business, and may have received, and may continue to receive, compensation for such services.

In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the accounts of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Conflicts of Interest

An affiliate of Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an underwriter in this offering, may be deemed to beneficially own more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable requirements of Rule 5121. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. I-Bankers Securities, Inc. has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. I-Bankers Securities, Inc. will not receive any additional compensation for acting as a qualified independent underwriter. We have agreed to indemnify I-Bankers Securities, Inc. against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a “qualified independent underwriter,” including liabilities under the Securities Act. In addition, no underwriter with a conflict of interest will confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific prior written approval of the account holder.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been or will be taken by us or by any underwriter in any jurisdiction except in the United States that would permit a public offering of our units, or the possession, circulation or distribution of a prospectus or any other material relating to us and our units in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, our units may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other material or advertisements in connection with this offering may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

 

148


Table of Contents

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of units to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the units which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of units to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant manager or managers nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive.

Provided that no such offer of units referred to above shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any units in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the units, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU, and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the units in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our units in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

France

The prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) have not been prepared in connection with the offering of our units that has been approved by the Autorité des marchés financiers or by the competent authority of another State that is a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des marchés financiers; none of our units have been offered or sold and will be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France except to permitted investors, or Permitted Investors, consisting of persons licensed to provide the investment service of portfolio management for the account of third parties, qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account and/or corporate investors meeting one of the four criteria provided in article D. 341-1 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and belonging to a limited circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, with “qualified investors” and “limited circle of investors” having the meaning ascribed to them in Article L. 411-2,

 

149


Table of Contents

D. 411-1, D. 411-2, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier; none of this prospectus or any other materials related to the offer or information contained therein relating to our units has been released, issued or distributed to the public in France except to Permitted Investors; and the direct or indirect resale to the public in France of our units acquired by any Permitted Investors may be made only as provided by articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable regulations thereunder.

Switzerland

Our units may not and will not be publicly offered, distributed or re-distributed on a professional basis in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus nor any other solicitation for investments in our units may be communicated or distributed in Switzerland in any way that could constitute a public offering within the meaning of Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. This prospectus may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to others without the underwriters’ prior written consent. This prospectus is not a prospectus within the meaning of Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus according to Article 27 et seq. of the Listing Rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and may not comply with the information standards required thereunder. We will not apply for a listing of our units on any Swiss stock exchange or other Swiss regulated market and this prospectus may not comply with the information required under the relevant listing rules. Our units have not been and will not be approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. The Company is not a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to the Swiss Collective Investment Schemes Act of 23 June 2006, as amended (“CISA”). Accordingly, the Company has not been and will not be registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA.

This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small number of selected investors only. Each copy of this document is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be passed on to third parties. The units are not being offered to the public in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to the units may be distributed in connection with any such public offering.

Italy

The offering of the units has not been cleared by the Italian Securities Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, the “CONSOB”) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, the units may not and will not be offered, sold or delivered, nor may or will copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the units be distributed in Italy, except (i) to professional investors (operatori qualificati), as defined in Article 31, second paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11522 of July 1, 1998, as amended, (the “Regulation No. 11522”), or (ii) in other circumstances which are exempted from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998 (the “Financial Service Act”) and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended.

Any offer, sale or delivery of the units or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the units in Italy may and will be effected in accordance with all Italian securities, tax, exchange control and other applicable laws and regulations, and, in particular, will be: (i) made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with the Financial Services Act, Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993, as amended (the “Italian Banking Law”), Regulation No. 11522, and any other applicable laws and regulations; (ii) in compliance with Article 129 of the Italian Banking Law and the implementing guidelines of the Bank of Italy; and (iii) in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement or limitation which may be imposed by CONSOB or the Bank of Italy.

Any investor purchasing units in the offering is solely responsible for ensuring that any offer or resale of the units it purchased in the offering occurs in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

150


Table of Contents

The prospectus and the information contained therein are intended only for the use of its recipient and, unless in circumstances which are exempted from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to Article 100 of the “Financial Service Act” and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended, is not to be distributed, for any reason, to any third party resident or located in Italy. No person resident or located in Italy other than the original recipients of this document may rely on it or its content.

Italy has only partially implemented the Prospectus Directive, the provisions under the heading “Selling Restrictions—European Economic Area” above shall apply with respect to Italy only to the extent that the relevant provisions of the Prospectus Directive have already been implemented in Italy.

Insofar as the requirements above are based on laws which are superseded at any time pursuant to the implementation of the Prospectus Directive, such requirements shall be replaced by the applicable requirements under the Prospectus Directive.

Germany

The units will not be offered, sold or publicly promoted or advertised in the Federal Republic of Germany other than in compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ) of June 22, 2005, as amended, or any other laws and regulations applicable in the Federal Republic of Germany governing the issue, offering and sale of securities.

The Netherlands

The units may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered, in or from the Netherlands, as part of the initial distribution or as part of any reoffering, and neither this prospectus supplement nor any other document in respect of the offering may be distributed in or from the Netherlands, other than to qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive, provided that these parties acquire the units for their own account or that of another qualified investor, in which case, it must be made clear upon making the offer and from any documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of the units is publicly announced that the offer is exclusively made to such qualified investors.

China

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the People’s Republic of China (“China”), and units may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of China except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of China. For the purpose of this paragraph, China does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

Hong Kong

The units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (1) to “professional investors” as defined in Part I of Schedule I to the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”) and any rules made thereunder; or (2) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance; and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the units has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

 

151


Table of Contents

Japan

The solicitation of units has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instrument and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended) (the “FIEL”) and the underwriters or we have not, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell the units in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to, or for the account or benefit of, others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, a resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase of the units may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the units be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), or any person pursuant to Section 275 (1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the units are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person, which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (however described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the units pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(1) to an institutional investor pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer;

(3) where the transfer is by operation of law;

(4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

(5) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

152


Table of Contents

Australia

No prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement in relation to the units has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or the Australian Stock Exchange Limited. Accordingly, a person may not (a) make, offer or invite applications for the issue, sale or purchase of units within, to or from Australia (including an offer or invitation which is received by a person in Australia) or (b) distribute or publish this prospectus supplement or any other prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement relating to the units in Australia, unless (i) the minimum aggregate consideration payable by each offeree is the U.S. dollar equivalent of at least A$500,000 (disregarding moneys lent by the offeror or its associates) or the offer otherwise does not require disclosure to investors in accordance with Part 6D.2 and Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (CTH) of Australia; and (ii) such action complies with all applicable laws and regulations.

Canada

The units may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the units must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

153


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Jones Day, Atlanta, Georgia, will pass upon certain legal matters for us in connection with the securities offered by this prospectus. Greenberg Traurig, LLP, New York, New York, will represent the underwriters in this offering.

 

154


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC) as of March 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the year ended March 31, 2016 and for the period from June 9, 2014 (inception) to March 31, 2015, appearing in this prospectus, have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of WithumSmith+Brown, PC as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

155


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are materially complete but may not include a description of all aspects of such contracts, agreements or other documents, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon completion of this initial public offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and current event reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

156


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP .

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Balance Sheets

   F-3

Statements of Operations

   F-4

Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity

   F-5

Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-7 – F-17

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Modern Media Acquisition Corp.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC) (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2016 and 2015 and the related statements of operations, changes in member’s equity and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2016 and for the period from June 9, 2014 (inception) to March 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC) as of March 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2016 and for the period from June 9, 2014 (inception) to March 31, 2015, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

Morristown, New Jersey

February 24, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,
2016
     March 31,
2016
     March 31,
2015
 
     Unaudited      Audited      Audited  

ASSETS

        

Current asset – cash

   $ 22,336      $ 23,275      $ 24,462  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 22,336      $ 23,275      $ 24,462  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

        

Current liabilities – accrued expenses

   $ 1,000      $ 1,000      $ 1,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     1,000        1,000        1,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments

        

Member’s Equity

     21,336        22,275        23,462  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

   $ 22,336      $ 23,275      $ 24,462  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Nine Months
Ended
December 31,
2016
    Year
Ended
March 31,
2016
    June 9, 2014
(inception)
Through
March 31,

2015
 
     Unaudited     Audited     Audited  

Formation and operating costs

   $ 939     $ 1,187     $ 1,538  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (939   $ (1,187   $ (1,538
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per unit:

      

Weighted average units outstanding, basic and diluted

     100       100       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per unit

   $ (9.39 )   $ (11.87 )   $ (15.38 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma computation of basic and diluted net loss per common share related to the conversion to a C Corporation and stock split

      

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

     6,250,000       6,250,000       6,250,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.00   $ (0.00   $ (0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes 937,500 of the Sponsor’s (as defined in the notes to financial statements) Founder Shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters in the Proposed Offering (as defined in the notes to financial statements) is exercised, if at all (Note 7).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S EQUITY

 

    Member’s Equity     Common Stock (1)     Additional
Paid in
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Member’s
Equity
 
    Units     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital      

Balance – June 9, 2014 (Inception)

      $         $     $     $   $

Issuance of member units

    100       25,000                             25,000  

Net loss

                              (1,538     (1,538
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – March 31, 2015 (audited)

    100     $ 25,000           $     $     $ (1,538   $ 23,462  

Net loss

                              (1,187     (1,187
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – March 31, 2016 (audited)

    100     $ 25,000           $     $     $ (2,725   $ 22,275  

Net loss

                              (939     (939
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    100     $ 25,000           $     $     $ (3,664   $ 21,336  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma computation of stockholders’ equity related to conversion to a C Corporation and stock split:

             

Issuance of common stock to initial stockholder (1)

    (100     (25,000     7,187,500       719       24,281              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma balance – December 31, 2016

        $       7,187,500     $ 719     $ 24,281     $ (3,664   $ 21,336  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes 937,500 of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the overallotment option granted to the underwriters in the Proposed Offering is exercised, if at all (Note 7).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Nine Months
Ended
December 31,
2016
    Year
Ended

March 31,
2016
    June 9, 2014
(inception)
Through
March 31,
2015
 
     Unaudited     Audited     Audited  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (939 )   $ (1,187 )   $ (1,538 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      
      

Accrued expenses

     —         —         1,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (939 )     (1,187 )     (538 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of member units

     —         —         25,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —         —         25,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

     (939 )     (1,187 )     24,462  

Cash – Beginning

     23,275       24,462       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash – Ending

   $ 22,336     $ 23,275     $ 24,462  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC) (the “Company”) was initially formed as a Delaware limited liability company on June 9, 2014 under the name of M Acquisition Company I LLC. On January 3, 2017, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a Delaware C Corporation and changed its name to Modern Media Acquisition Corp. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or similar business combination with one or more businesses that the Company has not yet identified (a “Business Combination”). The Company has neither engaged in any operations nor generated significant revenue to date.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had not yet commenced operations. All activity through December 31, 2016 relates to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Offering (as defined below). The Company’s fiscal year end is March 31.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed initial public offering of 25,000,000 units at $10.00 per unit (or 28,750,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Units”), which is discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Offering”) and the sale of 7,000,000 warrants, each to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock (“Private Placement Warrants”), at a price of $1.00 per warrant in a private placement to Modern Media Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”) that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Offering. The Company intends to list the Units on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“NASDAQ”). The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Offering and Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward completing a Business Combination. NASDAQ rules provide that the Company’s initial Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (as defined below) (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account) at the time of the signing a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, management has agreed that $250,000,000 (or $287,500,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net proceeds from the Proposed Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 180 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

The Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares included in the Units sold in the Proposed Offering (the “Public Shares”) upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. Except as

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

discussed below, the stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of the Company’s Business Combination, including interest earned on the Trust Account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to the Company to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding Public Shares, subject to the limitations described in the prospectus. The amount in the Trust Account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount to be distributed to stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants. The Public Shares will be recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Offering, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, the Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such completion of a Business Combination and a majority of the outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. However, a greater net tangible asset or cash requirement may be contained in the agreement relating to the Company’s Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, undertake a redemption offer pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem the Public Shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules and file proxy materials with the SEC. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Initial Stockholder (as defined in Note 5) has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased by it during or after the Proposed Offering in favor of a Business Combination.

The Initial Stockholder has agreed to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Founder Shares and any Public Shares it may acquire (i) in connection with the completion of a Business Combination, (ii) in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if it does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below), unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock in conjunction with any such amendment, and (with respect to its Founder Shares only) (iii) if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and upon the Company’s liquidation (although the Initial Stockholder will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares it holds if the Company fails to complete its Business Combination). The Company’s directors and officers have similarly agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Public Shares they may acquire.

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of its Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its Public Shares with respect to an aggregate of 20.0% or more of the shares to be sold in the Proposed Offering without the Company’s consent. However, there will be no restriction on the Company’s stockholders’ ability to vote all of their Public Shares for or against a Business Combination.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

The Company will have 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering (the “Combination Period”) to complete a Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the Trust Account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to the Company to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the Company’s public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Initial Stockholder has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Initial Stockholder or management team acquire any Public Shares in or after the Proposed Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Company’s Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company will enter into an agreement with the Sponsor (the “Indemnifier”), pursuant to which the Indemnifier will agree to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a Business Combination, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account below a specified threshold. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Proposed Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Indemnifier will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Indemnifier will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The financial statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern” (“ASU 2014-15”), management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor entity that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until the earlier of the completion of the Proposed Offering or one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements.

The accompanying unaudited financial statements as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 2016 have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and Article 8 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal accruals) considered for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the nine months ended December 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending March 31, 2017.

Emerging growth company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2016, March 31, 2016 or March 31, 2015.

Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs consist of underwriting, legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Proposed Offering and that will be charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Proposed Offering. Should the Proposed Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses incurred, will be charged to operations. The Company did not have any deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2016, March 31, 2016 or March 31, 2015.

Income taxes

At the balance sheet dates, the Company was a limited liability company, whereby the Company is treated as a partnership for tax purposes and income or loss is required to be reported by the member in its separate tax return. Therefore, no provision for income taxes has been made in the accompanying financial statements.

Pro forma income taxes – Effective January 3, 2017, the Company’s results of operations are taxed as a C Corporation. Had the Company been subject to federal and state income taxes for all periods presented, the Company determined that the provision for income taxes would have been insignificant due to Company’s immaterial net losses for each of the periods presented in the statement of operations, and, accordingly, the Company did not present pro forma income tax disclosures in the accompanying statements of operations for these periods to illustrate what the Company’s net loss would have been had the income taxes been provided for as though the Company were subject to taxes as a C Corporation.

Net loss per unit

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net loss per unit is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of units outstanding for the period. At December 31, 2016, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into units and then share in the earnings (losses) of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per unit is the same as basic loss per unit for the periods presented.

Pro forma net loss per common share – Pro forma net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding Founder Shares subject to forfeiture in connection with the Proposed Offering. The pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding was reduced to account for the 937,500 Founder Shares that are subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters (Note 7). At December 31, 2016, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, on a pro forma basis, the Company did not have any dilutive securities or

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, pro forma diluted loss per common share is the same as pro forma basic loss per common share for the periods presented.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2016, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recently issued accounting standards

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, which provides guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern and about related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted the methodologies prescribed by ASU 2014-15, as presented in the “Basis of presentation” above.

3. PROPOSED OFFERING

Pursuant to the Proposed Offering, the Company will offer for sale up to 25,000,000 units, (or 28,750,000 Units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit will consist of one share of the Company’s common stock and one-half of one warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (Note 7).

4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

In connection with the Proposed Offering, the Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 Private Placement Warrants at $1.00 per warrant ($7,000,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Offering. Each Private Placement Warrant will be exercisable to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at $11.50 per share. The proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants will be added to the proceeds from the Proposed Offering to be held in the Trust Account. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Private Placement Warrants. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

Combination Period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the required redemption of the Company’s Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In June 2014, the Company was formed by MIHI LLC (“ MIHI ”), at which point MIHI paid an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $250.00 per share, for its ownership interest in the Company. Prior to this initial investment, the Company had no assets, tangible or intangible. In January 2017, MIHI transferred its ownership interest in the Company, consisting of 100 shares of the Company’s common stock, to the Sponsor for no consideration. The per share price for the common stock was determined by dividing the amount initially contributed to the Company by the number of common stock issued. On February 15, 2017, the Company completed a 71,875 to one stock split of its common stock and, as a result, 7,187,500 shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding (the “Founder Shares”). The Sponsor subsequently sold certain of such shares to certain of the Company’s officers and/or directors. Up to 937,500 of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares will be subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all. The number of Founder Shares issued in the stock split was determined based on the expectation that the total size of the Proposed Offering would be a maximum of 28,750,000 Units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised in full, and therefore that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the Proposed Offering. If the Company increases or decreases the size of the Proposed Offering, the Company will effect a stock dividend or share contribution (or other similar action) back to capital, as applicable, immediately prior to the completion of the Proposed Offering in such amount as to maintain the Founder Shares at a number equal to 20% of the issued and outstanding common stock after the Proposed Offering.

The holders of Founder Shares have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until the earlier of one year after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier if, subsequent to a Business Combination, (i) the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (ii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property subject to certain limited exceptions (the “Lock-Up Period”).

Promissory Note — Related Party

On January 23, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with the Sponsor pursuant to which the Sponsor may loan the Company up to an aggregate of $650,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the Proposed Offering (Note 8). These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the completion of the Proposed Offering. The Company intends to repay the loan from the proceeds of the Proposed Offering not being placed in the Trust Account. As of February 24, 2017, $150,000 was outstanding under these loans.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, prior to or on the effective date of the closing of the Proposed Offering, the Sponsor will agree to commit to loan the Company up to an aggregate of $500,000 to be provided to the Company in the event that funds held outside of the Trust Account are insufficient to fund expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements after the Proposed Offering and prior to a Business Combination and (ii) the Sponsor, an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company any additional funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”), which will be repaid only upon the completion of a Business Combination. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, the Company may use a portion of any funds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans; however, no proceeds from the Trust Account may be used for such repayment. Up to $1,000,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants with respect to exercise price and exercisability.

6. COMMITMENTS & CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, if any, and their respective permitted transferees (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, if any) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, in the case of the Founder Shares and the Private Placement Warrants (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants), excluding short form demands, and one demand, in the case of the warrants that may be issued upon the conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such warrants), that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to other registration statements filed by the Company and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement will provide that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of any applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company will grant the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 3,750,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments at the Proposed Offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters will be entitled to a cash underwriting discount of $0.20 per Unit, or $5,000,000 in the aggregate, payable upon the closing of the Proposed Offering. In addition, the underwriters will be entitled to a deferred fee of (i) $0.35 per Unit, or $8,750,000 in the aggregate, excluding any amounts raised pursuant to the over-allotment option, and (ii) $0.38 per Unit, or $10,812,500 in the aggregate pursuant to the over-allotment option. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

Right of First Refusal

The Company intends to grant Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of the Sponsor and an underwriter of the Proposed Offering, a right of first refusal for a period of 36 months from the closing date of the Proposed Offering to provide to the Company certain financial advisory, underwriting, capital raising, and other services for which they may receive fees. Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. has not been retained as of the filing date of these financial statements, therefore the Company is not able to quantify the fees for any such engagement. No funds will be paid out of the Trust Fund to fund any such payments and it is not expected that any fees would be paid prior to the completion of a Business Combination. The actual amount of fees to be paid will vary significantly based on the size of any transaction and the extent to which other investments banks are involved.

7. MEMBER’S EQUITY

As of December 31, 2016, March 31, 2106 and March 31, 2015, there were 100 member units issued and outstanding.

On January 3, 2017, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a C Corporation pursuant to which the Company was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. On January 3, 2017, the Company’s 100 member units were converted into 100 shares of the Company’s common stock.

In connection with the Proposed Offering, the Company will file a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to which the Company will have the following authorized shares of stock:

Preferred Stock — The Company will be authorized to issue a certain number of shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Common Stock — The Company will be authorized to issue a certain number of shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 (Note 8). Holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to one vote for each common share. Of the shares of common stock expected to be issued and outstanding, 937,500 of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares will be subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment option in the Proposed Offering is not exercised in full so that the holders of Founder Shares will own 20% of the issued and outstanding shares immediately after the Proposed Offering (assuming the holders of Founder Shares do not purchase any Public Shares in the Proposed Offering).

Warrants — Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company’s common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under the Securities Act, the Company, at its option, may require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon the Company’s redemption or liquidation.

The Private Placement Warrants will be identical to the Public Warrants, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or such purchasers’ permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

The Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

 

    in whole and not in part;

 

    at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

    upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

 

    if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on a the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

 

    If, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of common stock underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock is available throughout the 30-day trading period referred to above.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as will be described in the warrant agreement.

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(formerly known as M Acquisition Company I LLC)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 (unaudited),

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 (audited)

AND THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 9, 2014 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2015 (audited)

 

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to February 24, 2017, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. As noted above, on January 3, 2017, (i) the Company converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware C Corporation, (ii) the Company changed its name to Modern Media Acquisition Corp., (iii) the Company converted its 100 member units into 100 shares of common stock and (iv) MIHI transferred the Company’s common stock to the Sponsor.

On January 23, 2017, the Company entered into a promissory note with the Sponsor pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to $650,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the Proposed Offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the completion of the Proposed Offering. The Company intends to repay the loans from the proceeds of the Proposed Offering not being placed in the Trust Account. As of February 24, 2017, $150,000 was outstanding under these loans.

On February 15, 2017, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation and, pursuant thereto, the Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

In addition, on February 15, 2017, the Company effected a 71,875 to one stock split of its common stock and, as a result, 7,187,500 Founder Shares are outstanding.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

 

 

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

 

Macquarie Capital

Cowen and Company

I-Bankers Securities, Inc.

 

Until                     , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

 

SEC expenses

   $ 33,321  

FINRA expenses

     43,624  

Accounting fees and expenses

     56,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     40,000  

Travel and road show expenses

     20,000  

Directors and officers liability insurance premiums (1)

     125,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     175,000  

NASDAQ listing and filing fees

     75,000  

Miscellaneous/other expenses

     82,055  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 650,000  

 

(1) This amount represents the approximate amount of annual director and officer liability insurance premiums the registrant anticipates paying following the completion of its initial public offering and until it completes a business combination.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that all of our directors, officers, employees and agents shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law concerning indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents is set forth below.

Section 145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; insurance.

(a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to

 

II-1


Table of Contents

procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the corporation at the time of such determination: (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

(g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or

 

II-2


Table of Contents

arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.

(h) For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any by law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

In accordance with Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the full extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law currently or hereinafter in effect, no director shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for or with respect to any breach of fiduciary duty or other act or omission as a director. The effect of this provision of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation is to eliminate our rights and those of our stockholders (through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of the fiduciary duty of care as a director, including breaches resulting from negligent or grossly negligent behavior, except, as restricted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL. However, this provision does not limit or eliminate our rights or the rights of any stockholder to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

If the DGCL and any other applicable law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the liability of directors, then, in accordance with our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the liability of our directors to us or our stockholders will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and any other applicable law, as so amended.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that we will, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law, indemnify our current and former officers and directors, as well as those persons who, while directors or officers of our corporation, are or were serving as directors, officers, employees or agents of another company or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, in connection with any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, against all expense, liability and loss (including, attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by any such person in connection with any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person eligible for indemnification pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be indemnified by us in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by our board of directors, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses.

The right to indemnification to be conferred by our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be a contract right that will include the right to be paid by us the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding referenced above in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by our officer or director (solely in the capacity as an officer or director of our corporation) will be made only upon delivery to us of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such officer or director, to repay without interest all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or otherwise.

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses will not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which any person covered by our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation may have or hereafter acquire under law, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, an agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also permit us, to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other that those specifically covered by our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a right of indemnity to bring a suit in the event a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses is not paid in full by us within a specified period of time. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also permit us to maintain insurance, at our expense, to protect us and/or any director, officer, employee or agent of our corporation or another company or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our officers and directors, a form of which is to be filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us or on our behalf, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, we have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify us against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On June 9, 2014 and prior to our conversion from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation on January 3, 2017 (our “Conversion”), MIHI LLC, an affiliate of our sponsor, purchased an aggregate of 100 of our common units for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. Prior to this initial investment, we had no assets, tangible or intangible. All such securities were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. No underwriting discounts or commissions were or will be paid with respect to such sales. In conjunction with, and effective upon, the Conversion: (i) our name was changed from M Acquisition Company I LLC to Modern Media Acquisition Corp.; (ii) our 100 common units were converted into 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share; and (iii) our 100 shares of common stock were contributed by MIHI to our sponsor. Effective February 15, 2017, we undertook a 71,875 to one split of our common stock.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)  Exhibits . The list of exhibits following the signature page of this registration statement is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)  Financial Statements.  See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements and schedules included in this registration statement.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than

 

II-5


Table of Contents

prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this amendment no. 1 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia on the 24 th day of March, 2017.

 

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

Name:  

Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment no. 1 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

   President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)   March 24, 2017

/s/ William Drewry

William Drewry

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 24, 2017


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1**    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3.2    Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3.3**    Bylaws, as amended through January 13, 2017
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
  4.1**    Specimen Unit Certificate
  4.2**    Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  4.3**    Specimen Warrant Certificate
  4.4**    Form of Warrant Agreement between the Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant
  5.1**    Opinion of Jones Day
10.1**    Form of Promissory Note to be issued to Modern Media Sponsor, LLC
10.2    Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant and its officers, directors and Modern Media Sponsor, LLC
10.3    Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between the Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant
10.4    Form of Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and certain security holders
10.5    Form of Sponsor Warrant Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Modern Media Sponsor, LLC
10.6    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.7    Form of Expense Advancement Agreement between the Registrant and Modern Media Sponsor, LLC regarding the loan commitment of $500,000 in the aggregate
10.8    Form of Letter Agreement between Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and the Registrant
14    Form of Code of Ethics
23.1    Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC
23.2**    Consent of Jones Day (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24**    Power of Attorney (previously included on signature page of this Registration Statement)
99.1    Form of Audit Committee Charter
99.2    Form of Compensation Committee Charter
99.3**    Consent of Blair Faulstich
99.4**    Consent of George Brokaw
99.5**    Consent of John White

 

* To be filed by amendment
** Previously filed

Exhibit 3.2

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 3, 2017. An amended and restated certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 15, 2017 (the “Prior Charter”).

2. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amended and Restated Certificate”) was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate amends and restates the provisions of the Prior Charter in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

Section 1. Registered Office . The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808, County of New Castle, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”). In addition to the powers and privileges conferred upon the Corporation by law and those incidental thereto, the Corporation shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges that are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business or purposes of the Corporation including, but not limited to, effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar business combination involving the Corporation and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”).


ARTICLE IV

Section 1. Authorized Capital Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock, designated Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 110,000,000 shares, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.

Section 2. Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series. The Board is hereby authorized to issue the shares of Preferred Stock in such series and to fix from time to time before issuance the number of shares to be included in any such series and the designation, powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board with respect to each such series will include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the right to determine any or all of the following:

(a) the number of shares of any series and the designation to distinguish the shares of such series from the shares of all other series;

(b) the voting powers, if any, and whether such voting powers are full or limited in such series;

(c) the redemption provisions, if any, applicable to such series, including the redemption price or prices to be paid;

(d) whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or noncumulative, the dividend rate of such series, and the dates and preferences of dividends on such series;

(e) the rights of such series upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation;

(f) the provisions, if any, pursuant to which the shares of such series will be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation or other entity, and the rates or other determinants of conversion or exchange applicable thereto;

(g) the right, if any, to subscribe for or to purchase any securities of the Corporation or any other corporation or other entity;

(h) the provisions, if any, of a sinking fund applicable to such series; and

(i) any other relative, participating, optional, or other special powers, preferences or rights and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof;

 

2


all as may be determined from time to time by the Board and stated or expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such Preferred Stock (collectively, a “Preferred Stock Designation”).

Section 3. Common Stock .

(a) The Board is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Common Stock from time to time. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock and Article X hereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, or in any Preferred Stock Designation, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote on the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by law or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, or in any Preferred Stock Designation, the holders of the Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate or any amendment to any Preferred Stock Designation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate or any Preferred Stock Designation.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock and Article X hereof and any other provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, as it may be amended from time to time, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor, and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock and Article X hereof and any other provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, as it may be amended from time to time, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of the Common Stock held by them.

Section 4. Rights and Options . The Corporation has the authority to create and issue rights, warrants and options entitling the holders thereof to purchase shares of any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, and such rights, warrants and options shall be evidenced by instrument(s) approved by the Board. The Board is empowered to set the exercise price, duration, times for exercise and other terms and conditions of such rights, warrants or options; provided, however, that the consideration to be received for any shares of capital stock subject thereto may not be less than the par value thereof.

 

3


ARTICLE V

The Board may make, amend, and repeal the Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of the Corporation. Any Bylaw made by the Board under the powers conferred hereby may be amended or repealed by the Board (except as specified in any such Bylaw so made or amended) or by the stockholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws to the contrary, Bylaws 1, 3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, 38 and 40 may not be amended or repealed by the stockholders, and no provision inconsistent therewith may be adopted by the stockholders, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least the majority of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock (as defined below), voting together as a single class and provided further that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted. The Corporation may in its Bylaws confer powers upon the Board in addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board by applicable law. For the purposes of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, “Voting Stock” means stock of the Corporation of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, is required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article V.

ARTICLE VI

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock:

(a) subsequent to the consummation of the Corporation’s initial public offering of securities (the “Offering”), any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be taken without a meeting by means of any consent in writing of such stockholders; and

(b) special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board, (ii) by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the “Chief Executive Officer”), or (iii) by the Chairman of the Board (the “Chairman”).

At any annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, only such business will be conducted or considered as has been properly brought before such meeting in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least the majority of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article VI.

 

4


ARTICLE VII

Section 1. Number, Election, and Terms of Directors . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional Directors under circumstances specified in any Preferred Stock Designation, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Subject to Section 6 of this Article VII, the Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, will be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. At any meeting of stockholders at which Directors are to be elected, the number of Directors elected may not exceed the greatest number of Directors then in office in any class of Directors. The Directors first appointed to Class I will hold office for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate; the Directors first appointed to Class II will hold office for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate; and the Directors first appointed to Class III will hold office for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, with the members of each class to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at that meeting will be elected by plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are elected and qualified. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional Directors under circumstances specified in any Preferred Stock Designation, Directors may be elected by the stockholders only at an annual meeting of stockholders. Election of Directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot unless requested by the presiding officer or by the holders of a majority of the Voting Stock present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of the stockholders at which Directors are to be elected. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Section 2. Nomination of Director Candidates . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of Directors must be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Section 3. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional Directors under circumstances specified in any Preferred Stock Designation and Section 6 of this Article VII, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of Directors and any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal, or other cause will be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining Director. Any Director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until

 

5


such Director’s successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors constituting the Board may shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

Section 4. Removal . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional Directors under circumstances specified in any Preferred Stock Designation and Section 6 of this Article VII, any Director may be removed from office by the stockholders only for cause and only in the manner provided in this Article VII, Section 4. At any annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders, the notice of which states that the removal of a Director or Directors is among the purposes of the meeting and identifies the Director or Directors proposed to be removed, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least majority of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, may remove such Director or Directors for cause.

Section 5. Amendment, Repeal, Etc . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, is required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article VII.

Section 6. Preferred Stock – Directors . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VII, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of one or more series of the Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect one or more directors, the term of office, the filling of vacancies, the removal from office and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such series of the Preferred Stock as set forth in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, including any Preferred Stock Designation, and such directors shall not be included in any of the classes created pursuant to this Article VII unless expressly provided by such terms.

ARTICLE VIII

To the full extent permitted by the DGCL and any other applicable law currently or hereafter in effect, no Director of the Corporation will be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for or with respect to any breach of fiduciary duty or other act or omission as a Director of the Corporation. No repeal or modification of this Article VIII will adversely affect the protection of any Director of the Corporation provided hereby in relation to any breach of fiduciary duty or other act or omission as a Director of the Corporation occurring prior to the effectiveness of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

Section 1. Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise subject to or involved in any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the

 

6


Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted or required by the DGCL and any other applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith (“Indemnifiable Losses”); provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article IX with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 1 in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

Section 2. Right to Advancement of Expenses. The right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article IX shall include the right to advancement by the Corporation of any and all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “Advancement of Expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL so requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including without limitation service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made pursuant to this Section 2 only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay, without interest, all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “Final Adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2. An Indemnitee’s right to an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Section 2 is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct and is not conditioned upon any prior determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this Article IX with respect to the related Proceeding or the absence of any prior determination to the contrary.

Section 3. Contract Rights . The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article IX shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 4. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 calendar days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 calendar days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be

 

7


entitled to the fullest extent permitted or required by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader reimbursements of prosecution or defense expenses than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses, without interest, upon a Final Adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or a committee thereof, its stockholders or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or a committee thereof, its stockholders or independent legal counsel) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses hereunder pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, shall be on the Corporation.

Section 5. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, the Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Article IX shall limit or otherwise affect any such other right or the Corporation’s power to confer any such other right.

Section 6. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 7. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IX to make any payment to an Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (net of any expenses incurred in connection therewith and any repayment by the Indemnitee made with respect thereto) under any insurance policy or from any other source in respect of such Indemnifiable Losses.

 

8


ARTICLE X

Section 1. General

(a) The provisions of this Article X shall apply during the period commencing upon the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate and terminating upon the consummation of the Corporation’s initial Business Combination and no amendment to this Article X shall be effective prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination unless approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

(b) Immediately after the Offering, a certain amount of the net offering proceeds received by the Corporation in the Offering (including the proceeds of any exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) and certain other amounts specified in the Corporation’s registration statement on Form S-1, as initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2017, and as may be amended from time to time, including after the effectiveness thereof (the “Registration Statement”), shall be deposited in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), established for the benefit of the Corporation’s Public Stockholders (as defined below) and maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, pursuant to a trust agreement described in the Registration Statement (the “Trust Agreement”). Except for the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes and any interest that the Corporation may withdraw in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement for working capital requirements, none of the funds held in the Trust Account (including the interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account) will be released from the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of the initial Business Combination (ii) the redemption of 100% of the Offering Shares (as defined below) if the Corporation does not complete its initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing date of the Offering and (iii) the redemption of Offering Shares properly submitted for redemption in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Corporation’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Offering Shares if the Corporation has not consummated its initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing date of the Offering. Holders of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock included as part of the units to be sold in the Offering (the “Offering Shares”) (whether such Offering Shares were purchased in the Offering or in the secondary market following the Offering and whether or not such holders are affiliates of Modern Media Sponsor, LLC (the “Sponsor”), or officers or directors of the Corporation) are referred to herein as “Public Stockholders”; provided, however, that the Sponsor and certain of the Corporation’s directors holding issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock immediately prior to the Offering (the “Founders Shares”) that are also Public Stockholders will only be treated as a Public Stockholder for purposes of the Offering Shares held by such holder, and not with respect to such holder’s Founder Shares.

 

9


Section 2. Redemption Rights .

(a) Prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, the Corporation shall provide all holders of Offering Shares with the opportunity to have their Offering Shares redeemed upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination pursuant to, and subject to the limitations of, Sections 2(b) and 2(c) of this Article X hereof (such rights of such holders to have their Offering Shares redeemed pursuant to such Sections, the “Redemption Rights”) for cash equal to the applicable redemption price per share determined in accordance with Section 2(b) of this Article X (the “Redemption Price”); provided, however, that the Corporation shall not redeem Offering Shares to the extent that such redemption would result in the Corporation having net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) of less than $5,000,001 (such limitation hereinafter called the “Redemption Limitation”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, there shall be no Redemption Rights or rights to liquidating distributions with respect to any warrant issued pursuant to the Offering.

(b) The Corporation may offer to redeem the Offering Shares, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(a) of this Article X in conjunction with a stockholder vote on the initial Business Combination pursuant to a proxy solicitation containing the financial and other information about the initial Business Combination and the Redemption Rights as may be required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act (such rules and regulations hereinafter called the “Proxy Solicitation Rules”) and shall file the proxy materials with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Alternatively, the Corporation may offer to redeem the Offering Shares upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination, subject to the Corporation having lawfully available funds therefor, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(a) of this Article X pursuant to a tender offer in accordance with Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act (such rules and regulations hereinafter called the “Tender Offer Rules”) which tender offer shall commence prior to the completion of the initial Business Combination, and the Corporation shall file tender offer documents with the Commission that contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial Business Combination and the Redemption Rights as may be required under the Proxy Solicitation Rules, even if such information is not required under the Tender Offer Rules. The Corporation currently intends to conduct redemptions in connection with a stockholder vote unless a stockholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement to approve the proposed initial Business Combination and the Corporation decides, for business or other legal reasons, to redeem the Offering Shares pursuant to a tender offer in accordance with the Tender Offer Rules (and the Corporation has not otherwise withdrawn the tender offer). The Redemption Price per share, if any, payable to holders of Offering Shares tendering their Offering Shares pursuant to such tender offer shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the date of the commencement of the tender offer, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any interest withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement for working capital requirements), plus interest accrued from the date of the commencement

 

10


of such tender offer until two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any interest withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement for working capital requirements) by (ii) the total number of then-outstanding Offering Shares. If the Corporation offers to redeem the Offering Shares in conjunction with a stockholder vote on the proposed initial Business Combination pursuant to a proxy solicitation, the Redemption Price per share of the Common Stock payable to holders of the Offering Shares that properly exercise their Redemption Rights (irrespective of whether such holders vote in favor of or against the Business Combination) shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any interest withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement for working capital requirements) by (y) the total number of then-outstanding Offering Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the Redemption Price will be the same whether the Corporation conducts redemptions pursuant to a tender offer or a stockholder vote.

(c) If the Corporation offers to redeem the Offering Shares in conjunction with a stockholder vote on the initial Business Combination pursuant to a proxy solicitation, a Public Stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), shall be restricted from seeking Redemption Rights with respect to more than 20% of the Offering Shares.

(d) In the event that the Corporation has not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Offering, the Corporation shall (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the Offering Shares in consideration of a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any interest withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement for working capital requirements and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), by (b) the total number of then-outstanding Offering Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Stockholders as stockholders of the Corporation with respect to their Offering Shares (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the Board in accordance with applicable law, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Corporation’s obligations under the DGCL to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

 

11


(e) If the Corporation offers to redeem the Offering Shares in conjunction with a stockholder vote on the initial Business Combination, the Corporation shall consummate the proposed Business Combination only if (i) such initial Business Combination is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock that are voted at a stockholder meeting held to consider such initial Business Combination and (ii) the redemption of all shares of Common Stock validly tendered would not cause the Corporation to exceed the Redemption Limitation.

Section 3. Distributions from the Trust Account .

(a) A Public Stockholder shall be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only as provided in  Sections 2(a) 2(b) 2(d)  or  7  of this Article X. In no other circumstances shall a Public Stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in or to distributions from the Trust Account, and no stockholder other than a Public Stockholder shall have any interest in or to the Trust Account.

(b) Each Public Stockholder that does not exercise its Redemption Rights with respect to its Offering Shares shall retain his, her or its interest in the Corporation represented by such Offering Shares and shall be deemed to have given his, her or its consent to the release of the remaining funds in the Trust Account to any Public Stockholders exercising their Redemption Rights and, following such payment, the release of the remaining funds in the Trust Account to the Corporation.

(c) The exercise by a Public Stockholder of the Redemption Rights shall be conditioned on such Public Stockholder following the specific procedures for redemptions set forth by the Corporation in any applicable tender offer or proxy materials sent to the Corporation’s Public Stockholders relating to the proposed initial Business Combination. Payment of the amounts necessary to satisfy the Redemption Rights properly exercised shall be made as promptly as practical after the consummation of the initial Business Combination and the delivery of the shares by the applicable stockholder.

Section 4. Share Issuances . Prior to the consummation of the Corporation’s initial Business Combination, the Corporation shall not issue any additional shares of capital stock of the Corporation that would entitle the holders thereof to receive funds from the Trust Account or vote on any Business Combination.

Section 5. Transactions with Affiliates . In the event the Corporation enters into the initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with the Sponsor, or the directors or officers of the Corporation, the Corporation, or a committee of the independent directors of the Corporation, shall obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or an independent accounting firm that such Business Combination is fair to the Corporation from a financial point of view.

Section 6. No Transactions with Other Blank Check Companies . The Corporation shall not enter into a Business Combination with another blank check company, as such term is defined in Rule 419 of the Securities Act, or similar company with nominal operations.

 

12


Section 7. Additional Redemption Rights . If, in accordance with Section 1(a) of this Article X, any amendment is made to Section 2(d) of this Article X that would affect the substance or timing of the Corporation’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Offering Shares if the Corporation has not completed its initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing date of the Offering, the Public Stockholders shall be provided with the opportunity to redeem their Offering Shares upon the approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the approval of such amendment, including interest earned on the Trust Account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any interest withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement for working capital requirements), by (ii) the total number of then-outstanding Offering Shares. The Corporation’s ability to provide such opportunity is subject to the Redemption Limitation.

Section 8. Minimum Value of Target . The Corporation’s Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with the initial Business Combination.

ARTICLE XI

The doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, shall not apply with respect to the Corporation or any of its officers or directors in circumstances where the application of any such doctrine to a corporate opportunity would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they or it may have as of the date of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate or in the future. In addition to the foregoing, the doctrine of corporate opportunity shall not apply to any other corporate opportunity with respect to any of the officers or directors of the Corporation unless such corporate opportunity is offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the Corporation and such opportunity is one the Corporation is legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for the Corporation to pursue.

ARTICLE XII

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate and the DGCL, all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XII; provided, however, that Articles IX and X of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate may be amended only as provided therein.

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Modern Media Acquisition Corp. has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to be duly executed in its name and on its behalf by an authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS

     1  

1.

  Time and Place of Meetings      1  

2.

  Annual Meetings      1  

3.

  Special Meetings      1  

4.

  Notice of Meetings      1  

5.

  Inspectors      2  

6.

  Quorum      2  

7.

  Voting; Proxies      2  

8.

  Order of Business      2  

9.

  Notice of Stockholder Proposals      3  

10.

  Notice of Director Nominations      5  

11.

  Additional Provisions Relating to the Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations      6  

12.

  Record Dates      7  

13.

  Recesses and Adjournments      8  

DIRECTORS

     8  

14.

  Function      8  

15.

  Number, Election and Terms      8  

16.

  Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships      8  

17.

  Removal      9  

18.

  Resignation      9  

19.

  Regular Meetings      9  

20.

  Special Meetings      9  

21.

  Quorum      9  

22.

  Participation in Meetings by Remote Communications      9  

23.

  Committees      9  

24.

  Compensation      10  

25.

  Rules      10  

26.

  Chairman of the Board      10  

27.

  Consent in Lieu of Meeting        10  

 

(i)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

NOTICES

     10  

28.

  Generally      10  

29.

  Waivers      11  

OFFICERS

     11  

30.

  Generally      11  

31.

  Compensation      11  

32.

  Succession      11  

33.

  Authority and Duties      12  

STOCK

     12  

34.

  Certificates      12  

35.

  Transfer      12  

36.

  Classes of Stock      12  

37.

  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      12  

GENERAL

     13  

38.

  Fiscal Year      13  

39.

  Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records      13  

40.

  Amendments      13  

41.

  Certain Defined Terms      13  

 

(ii)


STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS

1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders will be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), from time to time or, in the absence of a designation by the Board, by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary, and stated in the notice of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders will not be held at any place, but may instead be held by means of remote communications, subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt from time to time. The Board may cancel or reschedule to an earlier or later date any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of stockholders.

2. Annual Meetings . At each annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholders will elect the directors to succeed those directors whose terms expire at such meeting and will transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance with Bylaws 8 , 9 , 10 and 11 .

3. Special Meetings .

(a) General . A special meeting of stockholders may be called only (i) by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board, (ii) by the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) by the Chairman, in each case to transact only such business as is specified in the notice of the meeting or authorized by a majority of the Board to be brought before the meeting. For the avoidance of doubt, stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of stockholders.

(b) Meetings of Preferred Stockholders . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw 3 , special meetings of holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock may be called in the manner and for the purposes provided in the applicable Preferred Stock Designation.

4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of every meeting of stockholders, stating the place, if any, date and time thereof, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, will be given, in a form permitted by Bylaw 28 or by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), not less than 10 nor more than 60 calendar days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law. When a meeting is recessed or adjourned to another place, date, or time, notice need not be given of the recessed or adjourned meeting if the place, if any, date and time thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such recessed or adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the recess or adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the recess or adjournment is for more than 30 calendar days, or if after the recess or adjournment a new record date is fixed for the recessed or adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, if any, date and time thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such recessed or adjourned meeting, must be given in conformity herewith.


5. Inspectors . The Board will, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer of the meeting will appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

6. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or in a Preferred Stock Designation, the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of business thereat.

7. Voting; Proxies .

(a) General . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as in effect from time to time (the “Certificate”), or in a Preferred Stock Designation, each stockholder will be entitled at every meeting of the stockholders to one vote for each share of stock having voting power standing in the name of such stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the record date for the meeting and such votes may be cast either in person or by proxy. Every proxy must be authorized in a manner permitted by Section 212 of the DGCL (or any successor provision).

(b) Vote Required for Stockholder Action . When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes properly cast on the matter (excluding any abstentions or broker non-votes) will be the act of the stockholders with respect to all matters other than the election of directors (who will be elected by a plurality of all votes properly cast), or as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the Certificate, a Preferred Stock Designation, or by law or applicable regulation.

8. Order of Business . The Chairman, or an officer of the Corporation designated from time to time by a majority of the entire Board, will call meetings of stockholders to order and will act as presiding officer thereof. Unless otherwise determined by the Board prior to the meeting, the presiding officer of any meeting of stockholders will also determine the order of business and have the authority in his or her sole discretion to determine the rules of procedure and regulate the conduct of the meeting, including without limitation by: imposing restrictions on the persons (other than stockholders of the Corporation or their duly appointed proxy holders) that may attend the meeting; ascertaining whether any stockholder or his or her proxy holder may be excluded from the meeting based upon any determination by the presiding officer, in his or her sole discretion, that any such person has disrupted or is likely to disrupt the proceedings thereat; determining the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions at the meeting; ruling on all procedural questions that may arise during or in connection with the meeting; determining whether any nomination or business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been properly brought before the meeting; and determining the time or times at which the polls for voting at the meeting will be opened and closed.

 

2


9. Notice of Stockholder Proposals .

(a) Business to Be Conducted at Annual Meeting . At an annual meeting of stockholders, only such business may be conducted as has been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business (other than the nomination of a person for election as a director, which is governed by Bylaw 10 , and, to the extent applicable, Bylaw 11 ), must be (i) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) has complied with all applicable requirements of this Bylaw 9 and Bylaw 11 in relation to such business, (B) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time of giving the notice required by Bylaw 11(a) and is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time of the annual meeting, and (C) is entitled to vote at the annual meeting. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) will be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit business before an annual meeting of stockholders (other than proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”) and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board).

(b) Required Form for Stockholder Proposals . To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth in writing:

(i) Information Regarding the Proposing Person . As to each Proposing Person (as such term is defined in Bylaw 11(d)(ii)) :

(A) the name and address of such Proposing Person, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock transfer book;

(B) the class, series and number of shares of the Corporation directly or indirectly beneficially owned or held of record by such Proposing Person (including any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time);

(C) a representation (1) that the stockholder giving the notice is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the annual meeting and intends to appear at the annual meeting to bring such business before the annual meeting and (2) as to whether any Proposing Person intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote and required to approve the proposal and, if so, identifying such Proposing Person;

(D) a description of any (1) option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right or similar right or interest (including any derivative securities, as defined under Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act), whether or not presently exercisable, with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of securities of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of securities of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right is subject to settlement in whole or in part in the underlying class or series of securities of the Corporation or otherwise, directly or indirectly held of record or owned beneficially by such Proposing Person and (2) each other direct or indirect right or interest that may enable such Proposing Person to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to manage the risk or benefit from, any increase or decrease in the value of the Corporation’s securities, in each case regardless of whether (x) such right or interest conveys any voting rights in such security to such

 

3


Proposing Person, (y) such right or interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such security, or (z) such Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge the economic effect of any such right or interest (any such right or interest referred to in this clause (D) being a “Derivative Interest”);

(E) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which the Proposing Person has a right to vote any shares of the Corporation or which has the effect of increasing or decreasing the voting power of such Proposing Person;

(F) any rights directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially by the Proposing Person to dividends on the shares of the Corporation that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation;

(G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which the Proposing Person may be entitled as a result of any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Interests; and

(H) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act to be made in connection with a general solicitation of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting.

(ii) Information Regarding the Proposal : As to each item of business that the stockholder giving the notice proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(A) a description in reasonable detail of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons why such stockholder or any other Proposing Person believes that the taking of the action or actions proposed to be taken would be in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders;

(B) a description in reasonable detail of any material interest of any Proposing Person in such business and a description in reasonable detail of all agreements, arrangements and understandings among the Proposing Persons or between any Proposing Person and any other person or entity in connection with the proposal; and

(C) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration).

(c) No Right to Have Proposal Included . A stockholder is not entitled to have its proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy statement and form of proxy solely as a result of such stockholder’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw 9 .

(d) Requirement to Attend Annual Meeting . If a stockholder does not appear at the annual meeting to present its proposal, such proposal will be disregarded (notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such proposal may have been solicited, obtained or delivered).

 

4


10. Notice of Director Nominations .

(a) Nomination of Directors . Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Preferred Stock to nominate or elect directors under circumstances specified in a Preferred Stock Designation, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw 10 will be eligible to serve as directors. Nominations of persons for election as directors of the Corporation may be made only at an annual meeting of stockholders and only (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) by a stockholder who (A) has complied with all applicable requirements of this Bylaw 10 and Bylaw 11 in relation to such nomination, (B) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time of giving the notice required by Bylaw 11(a) and is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time of the annual meeting, and (C) is entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

(b) Required Form for Director Nominations . To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth in writing:

(i) Information Regarding the Proposing Person . As to each Nominating Person (as such term is defined in Bylaw 11(d)(iii)) , the information set forth in Bylaw 9(b)(i) (except that for purposes of this Bylaw 10 , the term “Nominating Person” will be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places where it appears in Bylaw 9(b)(i) and any reference to “business” or “proposal” therein will be deemed to be a reference to the “nomination” contemplated by this Bylaw 10 ).

(ii) Information Regarding the Nominee : As to each person whom the stockholder giving notice proposes to nominate for election as a director:

(A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to Bylaw 9(b)(i) if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person;

(B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act to be made in connection with a general solicitation of proxies for an election of directors in a contested election (including such proposed nominee’s written consent to be named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected);

(C) all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Items 403 and 404 under Regulation S-K if the stockholder giving the notice or any other Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant;

(D) a completed questionnaire (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) with respect to the identity, background and qualification of the proposed nominee and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made;

 

5


(E) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that the proposed nominee (1) is not and will not become a party to (x) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how the proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (y) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with the proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with the proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (2) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (3) if elected as a director of the Corporation, the proposed nominee would be in compliance and will comply, with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, ethics, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may be reasonably required by the Corporation to determine the qualifications and eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director.

(c) No Right to Have Nominees Included . A stockholder is not entitled to have its nominees included in the Corporation’s proxy statement solely as a result of such stockholder’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw 10 .

(d) Requirement to Attend Annual Meeting . If a stockholder does not appear at the annual meeting to present its nomination, such nomination will be disregarded (notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been solicited, obtained or delivered).

11. Additional Provisions Relating to the Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations .

(a) Timely Notice . To be timely, a stockholder’s notice required by Bylaw 9(a) or Bylaw 10(a) must be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation held the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is scheduled for a date more than 30 calendar days prior to or more than 30 calendar days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th calendar day prior to such annual meeting and the 10th calendar day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event will a recess or adjournment of an annual meeting (or any announcement of any such recess or adjournment) commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(b) Updating Information in Notice . A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting pursuant to Bylaw 9 or notice of any nomination to be made at an annual meeting pursuant to Bylaw 10 must further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to Bylaw 9 or Bylaw 10 , as applicable, is true and correct at all times up to and including the date of the meeting (including any date to which the meeting is recessed, adjourned or postponed). Any such update and supplement must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, as promptly as practicable.

 

6


(c) Determinations of Form, Etc. The presiding officer of any annual meeting will, if the facts warrant, determine that a proposal was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by Bylaw 9 and this Bylaw 11 or that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by Bylaw 10 and this Bylaw 11 , and if he or she should so determine, he or she will so declare to the meeting and the defective proposal or nomination, as applicable, will be disregarded.

(d) Certain Definitions .

(i) For purposes of this Bylaw 11 , “public disclosure” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Exchange Act or furnished by the Corporation to stockholders.

(ii) For purposes of Bylaw 9 and this Bylaw 11 , “Proposing Person” means (A) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (B) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is given, and (C) any Affiliate or Associate (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such stockholder or beneficial owner.

(iii) For purposes of Section Bylaw 10 and this Bylaw 11 , “Nominating Person” means (A) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed made to be at an annual meeting, (B) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of nomination proposed to be made at the annual meeting is given, and (C) any Affiliate or Associate (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such stockholder or beneficial owner.

12. Record Dates .

(a) Voting Record Dates . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders, the Board may fix a record date, which will not precede the date upon which the Board resolution fixing the same is adopted and will not be more than 60 nor less than 10 calendar days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders will be at the close of business on the calendar day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the calendar day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders will apply to any recess or adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the

 

7


recessed or adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to such notice of such recessed or adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw 12(a) at the recessed or adjourned meeting.

(b) Payment Record Dates . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date will not be more than 60 calendar days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose will be at the close of business on the calendar day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(c) Identity of Registered Holder . The Corporation will be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, and will not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation has notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.

13. Recesses and Adjournments . A meeting of stockholders may be recessed or adjourned from time to time by the presiding officer of the meeting. Upon any recessed or adjourned meeting being reconvened, any business may be transacted which properly could have been transacted in the absence of such recess or adjournment.

DIRECTORS

14. Function . The business and affairs of the Corporation will be managed under the direction of the Board.

15. Number, Election and Terms . Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under circumstances specified in a Preferred Stock Designation, the number of the Directors of the Corporation will not be less than three (3) nor more than nine (9) and may be fixed from time to time only by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of the Preferred Stock, will be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate.

16. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under circumstances specified in a Preferred Stock Designation, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors and any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible; provided, however, that, no decrease in the authorized number of directors will shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

8


17. Removal . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock specified in a Preferred Stock Designation, any director may be removed from office by the stockholders only in the manner provided in the Certificate.

18. Resignation . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman or the Secretary. Any resignation will be effective when the resignation is delivered to the Corporation unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date that is contingent upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more specified events.

19. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders and at such other time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be determined by the Board. Notice of regular meetings of the Board need not be given.

20. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman on one day’s notice to each director by whom such notice is not waived, given in a manner permitted by Bylaw 28 or by the DGCL, and will be called by the Chairman, in like manner and on like notice, upon the request of a majority of the Board. The time and place of any such special meeting shall be as specified in the notice of such meeting.

21. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Board will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except for action to be taken by committees of the Board as provided in Bylaw 23 , and except for actions required by these Bylaws or the Certificate to be taken by a majority of the Board, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum will be the act of the Board. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time to another place, time, or date, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

22. Participation in Meetings by Remote Communications . Members of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting will constitute presence in person at the meeting.

23. Committees . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, or in these Bylaws, will have

 

9


and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee will have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) making, adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these Bylaws.

24. Compensation . The Board or a committee of the Board may establish the compensation of directors, including without limitation compensation for membership on the Board and on committees of the Board, attendance at meetings of the Board or committees of the Board, and for other services provided to the Corporation or at the request of the Board.

25. Rules . The Board may adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings and the oversight of the management of the affairs of the Corporation.

26. Chairman of the Board . The Board, by a majority vote, shall elect a Chairman from among the members of the Board. The Chairman shall not be considered to be an officer of the Corporation in his or her capacity as such. The Chairman may be removed from that capacity by a majority vote of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at meetings of the Board and of the stockholders of the Corporation and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence of the Chairman, such other director of the Corporation designated by the Chairman or by the Board shall act as chairman of any such meeting. The Chairman or the Board may appoint a Vice Chairman of the Board to exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Chairman or by the Board.

27. Consent in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions (or paper reproductions thereof) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

NOTICES

28. Generally .

(a) Form of Notices . Except as otherwise provided by law, these Bylaws, or the Certificate, whenever by law or under the provisions of the Certificate or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it will not be construed to require personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail or courier service or, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, by electronic transmission, addressed to such director or stockholder. Any notice sent to stockholders by mail or courier service shall be sent to the address of such stockholder as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and

 

10


such notice will be deemed to be given at the time when the same is deposited in the United States mail or with the courier service. Notices sent by electronic transmission shall be deemed effective as set forth in Section 232 of the DGCL. For purposes of this Bylaw 28 , “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

(b) Notices to Directors . Notices to directors may be given by mail or courier service, telephone, electronic transmission or as otherwise may be permitted by these Bylaws.

29. Waivers . Whenever any notice is required to be given by law or under the provisions of the Certificate or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person entitled to such notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, will be deemed equivalent to such notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting will constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

OFFICERS

30. Generally . The officers of the Corporation will be elected annually by the Board and will consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary and a Treasurer, all of whom shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board. The Board may also choose any or all of the following: a President, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents (who may be given particular designations with respect to authority, function, or seniority), one or more Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as the Board may from time to time determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may authorize the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any person to any office other than the Secretary or Treasurer. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any of the offices may be left vacant from time to time as the Board may determine. In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation or for any other reason deemed sufficient by a majority of the Board, the Board may delegate the absent or disabled officer’s powers or duties to any other officer or to any director.

31. Compensation . The compensation of all directors who are also officers and agents of the Corporation and the executive officers of the Corporation will be fixed by the Board or by a committee of the Board. The Board may fix or delegate the power to fix, the compensation of other officers and agents of the Corporation to an officer of the Corporation.

32. Succession . The officers of the Corporation will hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board or by the Chairman as provided in Bylaw 30 .

 

11


33. Authority and Duties . Each of the officers of the Corporation will have such authority and will perform such duties as are customarily incident to their respective offices or as may be specified from time to time by the Board.

STOCK

34. Certificates . The shares of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, subject to the sole discretion of the Board. Certificates, if any, representing shares of stock of the Corporation will be in such form as is determined by the Board, subject to applicable legal requirements. Each such certificate shall be numbered and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman, or Chief Executive Officer, or President or Chief Financial Officer, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile signature. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

35. Transfer . Transfers of shares shall be made upon the books of the Corporation (i) only by the holder of record thereof, or by a duly authorized agent, transferee or legal representative and (ii) in the case of certificated shares, upon the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares. No transfer shall be made that is inconsistent with the provisions of applicable law.

36. Classes of Stock . The powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class or series of stock represented by certificates, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights will be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificates representing such class or series of stock or, in lieu thereof, on the face or back of such certificates will be a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

37. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Secretary may direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact, satisfactory to the Secretary, by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. As a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Secretary may require the owners of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Secretary may direct as indemnity against any claims that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of the new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

12


GENERAL

38. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation will end on March 31st of each calendar year or such other date as may be fixed from time to time by the Board.

39. Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Each director, each member of a committee designated by the Board, and each officer of the Corporation will, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports, or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person or entity as to matters the director, committee member, or officer believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

40. Amendments . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate or these Bylaws, these Bylaws or any of them may be amended in any respect or repealed at any time, either (a) at any meeting of stockholders, provided that any amendment or supplement proposed to be acted upon at any such meeting has been described or referred to in the notice of such meeting, or (b) by the Board, provided that no amendment adopted by the Board may vary or conflict with any amendment adopted by the stockholders in accordance with the Certificate and these Bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in these Bylaws to the contrary, Bylaws 1 , 3 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 11 , 15 , 16 , 17 , 38 and 40 may not be amended or repealed by the stockholders, and no provision inconsistent therewith may be adopted by the stockholders, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least the majority of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class and provided further that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

41. Certain Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Certificate.

 

13

Exhibit 10.2

            , 2017

Modern Media Acquisition Corp.

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400

Atlanta, GA 30309

 

Re: Initial Public Offering

Gentlemen:

This letter (this “Letter Agreement”) is being delivered to you in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) entered into or proposed to be entered into by and between Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., I-Bankers Securities, Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC (together, the “Underwriter”), relating to an underwritten initial public offering (the “Public Offering”), of 28,750,000 of the Corporation’s units (including up to 3,750,000 units that may be purchased to cover over-allotments, if any) (the “Units”), each comprised of one share of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and one-half of one warrant (each, a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The Units shall be sold in the Public Offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 and related prospectus (the “Prospectus”) filed by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and the Corporation has applied to have the Units listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 11 hereof.

In order to induce the Corporation and the Underwriter to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and to proceed with the Public Offering and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Modern Media Sponsor, LLC (the “Sponsor”) and the undersigned individuals, each of whom is a director or member of the Corporation’s management team (each, an “Insider” and collectively, the “Insiders”) hereby agree with the Corporation as follows:

1. The Sponsor and each Insider agrees that if the Corporation seeks stockholder approval of a proposed Initial Business Combination, then in connection with such proposed Initial Business Combination, such stockholder shall (i) vote any shares of Capital Stock owned by it or him in favor of any proposed Initial Business Combination and (ii) not redeem any shares of Common Stock owned by it or him in connection with such stockholder approval.

2. The Sponsor and each Insider hereby agrees that in the event that the Corporation fails to consummate an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering, or such later period approved by the Corporation’s stockholders in accordance with the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Sponsor and each Insider shall take all reasonable steps to cause the Corporation to (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the Common Stock


sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering (the “Public Shares”), at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the Trust Account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to the Corporation to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish all Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Corporation’s remaining stockholders and the Corporation’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Corporation’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. The Sponsor and each Insider agrees to not propose any amendment to the Corporation’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Corporation’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Corporation does not complete an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering, unless the Corporation provides its Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Common Stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to the Corporation to fund working capital requirements), divided by the number of then-outstanding Public Shares.

The Sponsor and each Insider acknowledges that it or he has no right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or any other asset of the Corporation as a result of any liquidation of the Corporation with respect to the Founder Shares held by it or him. The Sponsor and each Insider hereby further waives, with respect to any Founder Shares or any Public Shares acquired by it or him, during or after this Public Offering, if any, any redemption rights it or he may have in connection with the consummation of an Initial Business Combination, including, without limitation, any such rights available in the context of a stockholder vote to approve such Initial Business Combination or in the context of a tender offer made by the Corporation to purchase shares of Common Stock (although the Sponsor and the Insiders shall be entitled to redemption and liquidation rights with respect to Public Shares it or they hold if the Corporation fails to consummate an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the date of the closing of the Public Offering).

3. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in paragraphs 7(a) and (b) below, during the period commencing on the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and ending 180 days after such date, the Sponsor and each Insider shall not, without the prior written consent of Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., (i) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, with respect to any Units, shares of Capital Stock, Warrants or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Capital Stock owned by it, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic

 

2


consequences of ownership of any Units, shares of Capital Stock, Warrants or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Capital Stock owned by it, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly announce any intention to effect any transaction, including the filing of a registration statement, specified in clause (i) or (ii). Each of the Insiders and the Sponsor acknowledges and agrees that, prior to the effective date of any release or waiver of the restrictions set forth in this paragraph 3 or paragraph 7 below, the Corporation shall announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph will not apply to: (i) a transfer not for consideration if the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Letter Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer; (ii) a disposition to the Corporation pursuant to paragraph 5 of this Letter Agreement; (iii) a transfer, in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (iv) a transfer, in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (v) a transfer in the event of the Corporation’s liquidation prior to the completion of an Initial Business Combination; (vi) a transfer by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware or the Sponsor’s amended and restated limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of the Sponsor; and (vii) a transfer in the event of the Corporation’s completion of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Corporation’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the completion of an Initial Business Combination.

4. In the event of the liquidation of the Trust Account, the Sponsor (which for purposes of clarification shall not extend to any direct or indirect shareholders, members or managers of the Sponsor) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, whether pending or threatened, or any claim whatsoever) to which the Corporation may become subject as a result of any claim by (i) any vendor for services rendered or products sold to the Corporation or (ii) a prospective target business with which the Corporation has discussed entering into an Initial Business Combination (a “Target”); provided, however, that such indemnification of the Corporation by the Sponsor shall apply only to the extent necessary to ensure that such claims by a vendor for services rendered (other than the Underwriter) or products sold to the Corporation or a Target do not reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per share of the Public Shares or (ii) such lesser amount per share of the Public Shares held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets in each case net of the amount of interest earned on the property in the Trust Account which may be withdrawn to pay taxes and to fund working capital requirements, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under the Corporation’s indemnity of the Underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In the event that any such executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against such third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any

 

3


liability for such third party claims. The Sponsor shall have the right to defend against any such claim with counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation if, within 15 days following written receipt of notice of the claim to the Sponsor, the Sponsor notifies the Corporation in writing that it shall undertake such defense.

5. To the extent that the Underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional 3,750,000 Units within 45 days from the date of the Prospectus (and as further described in the Prospectus), the Sponsor agrees that it shall forfeit, at no cost, a number of Founder Shares equal to 937,500 multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is 3,750,000 minus the number of Units purchased by the Underwriter upon the exercise of its over-allotment option, and (ii) the denominator of which is 3,750,000. The forfeiture will be adjusted to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in full by the Underwriter so that the Initial Stockholders will own an aggregate of 20.0% of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock after the Public Offering. The Initial Stockholders further agree that to the extent that the size of the Public Offering is increased or decreased, the Corporation will effect a stock dividend, stock split or share repurchase or contribution (or other similar action) back to capital, as applicable, immediately prior to the consummation of the Public Offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of the Initial Stockholders prior to the Public Offering at 20.0% of its issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock upon consummation of the Public Offering. In connection with any such increase or decrease in the size of the Public Offering, (A) the references to 3,750,000 in the numerator and denominator of the formula in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be changed to a number equal to 15% of the number of shares included in the Units issued in the Public Offering and (B) the reference to 937,500 in the formula set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be adjusted to such number of Founder Shares that the Sponsor would have to return to the Corporation in order to hold (with all of the pre-Public Offering stockholders) an aggregate of 20.0% of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock immediately after the Public Offering.

6. (a) The Sponsor and each Insider hereby agree not to, directly or indirectly, participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until the Corporation has entered into a definitive agreement regarding an Initial Business Combination or the Corporation has failed to complete an Initial Business Combination within 24 months after the closing of the Public Offering. For the avoidance of doubt, the Sponsor and each Insider are allowed to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, another blank check company upon completion of an Initial Business Combination. For the further avoidance of doubt, neither Macquarie Group Limited nor any of its affiliates (other than the Sponsor) are bound by this prohibition.

(b) The Sponsor and each Insider hereby agrees and acknowledges that: (i) the Underwriter and the Corporation would be irreparably injured in the event of a breach by such Sponsor or Insider of its or his obligations under paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6(a), 7(a), 7(b), and 9 of this Letter Agreement (ii) monetary damages may not be an adequate remedy for such breach and (iii) the non-breaching party shall be entitled to injunctive relief, in addition to any other remedy that such party may have in law or in equity, in the event of such breach.

 

4


7. (a) Except as described below, the Sponsor and each Insider agrees that it or he shall not Transfer (as defined below) any Founder Shares until the earlier of one year after the completion of the Corporation’s Initial Business Combination or earlier if, (x) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, the last reported closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after an Initial Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Corporation completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction after the Initial Business Combination that results in all of the Corporation’s Public Stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property (the “Founder Shares Lock-up Period”).

(b) Except as described below, the Sponsor and each Insider agrees that it or he shall not effectuate any Transfer of Private Placement Warrants or shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, until 30 days after the completion of an Initial Business Combination (the “Private Placement Warrants Lock-up Period,” together with the Founder Shares Lock-up Period, the “Lock-up Periods”).

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in paragraphs 7(a) and (b), Transfers of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, are permitted (a) to affiliates of the Sponsor (including, without limitation, by means of any distribution by the Sponsor of securities to its members), to the Corporation’s officers or directors, to officers, directors, members or beneficial owners of the Sponsor, to any affiliates or family members of the foregoing or to any trust where any of the foregoing is the primary beneficiary; (b) in the case of any beneficial owner of the Sponsor or an individual, by gift to a member of one of the members of the beneficial owners of the Sponsor or individual’s immediate family, to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of one of the beneficial owners of the Sponsor or the individual’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or beneficial owner, or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of an Initial Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased; (f) in the event of the Corporation’s liquidation prior to the completion of an Initial Business Combination; (g) by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware or the Sponsor’s amended and restated limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of the Sponsor; or (h) in the event of the Corporation’s completion of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Corporation’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the completion of an Initial Business Combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a), (b) and (e), these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.

8. The Sponsor and each Insider represents and warrants that it or he has never been suspended or expelled from membership in any securities or commodities exchange or association or had a securities or commodities license or registration denied, suspended or

 

5


revoked. Each Insider’s biographical information furnished to the Corporation (including any such information included in the Prospectus) is true and accurate in all respects and does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s background. Each Insider’s questionnaire furnished to the Corporation is true and accurate in all respects. Each Insider represents and warrants that: it is not subject to or a respondent in any legal action for, any injunction, cease-and-desist order or order or stipulation to desist or refrain from any act or practice relating to the offering of securities in any jurisdiction; it has never been convicted of, or pleaded guilty to, any crime (i) involving fraud, (ii) relating to any financial transaction or handling of funds of another person, or (iii) pertaining to any dealings in any securities and it is not currently a defendant in any such criminal proceeding.

9. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither the Sponsor nor any Insider nor any affiliate of the Sponsor or any Insider, nor any director or officer of the Corporation, shall receive from the Corporation any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee, monies in respect of any repayment of a loan or other compensation prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate the consummation of the Initial Business Combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is), other than the following, none of which will be made from the proceeds of the Public Offering held in the Trust Account prior to the completion of the Initial Business Combination: repayment of up to an aggregate of $650,000 in unsecured loans made to the Corporation by the Sponsor; repayment of up to an aggregate of $500,000 in loans made to the Corporation by the Sponsor; reimbursement for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating negotiating and completing an Initial Business Combination; underwriting discounts, commissions and other fees and expenses payable to the Underwriter of this offering, including Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., an affiliate of the Corporation’s Sponsor, and repayment of loans, if any, and on such terms as to be determined by the Corporation from time to time, made by the Sponsor or certain of the Corporation’s officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended Initial Business Combination, provided, that, if the Corporation does not consummate an Initial Business Combination, a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account may be used by the Corporation to repay such loaned amounts so long as no proceeds from the Trust Account are used for such repayment at the option of the lender. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Initial Business Combination entity at an exercise price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants except that, pursuant to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Rule 5110(g)(1), such warrants, and the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of such warrants, shall not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of the Underwriting Agreement or commencement of sales pursuant to the Public Offering, except:

 

  i. the transfer of any security by operation of law or by reason of reorganization of the Company;

 

  ii. the transfer of any security to any FINRA member firm participating in the Public Offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 9 for the remainder of the time period;

 

6


  iii. the transfer of any security if the aggregate amount of securities of the Company held by such holder or related person do not exceed 1% of the securities being offered;

 

  iv. the transfer of any security that is beneficially owned on a pro-rata basis of all equity owners of an investment fund, provided that no participating member manages or otherwise directs investments by the fund, and participating members in the aggregate do not own more than 10% of the equity in the fund; or

 

  v. the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 9 for the remainder of the time period.

10. The Sponsor and each Insider has full right and power, without violating any agreement to which it is bound (including, without limitation, any non-competition or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or former employer), to enter into this Letter Agreement and, as applicable, to serve as a director on the board of directors of the Corporation.

11. As used herein, (i) “Initial Business Combination” shall mean a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar business combination, involving the Corporation and one or more businesses as described in the Prospectus; (ii) “Capital Stock” shall mean, collectively, the Common Stock and the Founder Shares; (iii) “Founder Shares” shall mean the 7,187,500 shares (after giving effect to the Corporation’s stock split effected on February 14, 2017) of Common Stock, initially issued to an affiliate of the Sponsor prior to the Public Offering and later transferred to the Sponsor prior to the Public Offering, up to 937,500 of which shares will be subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the Underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised, if at all; (iv) “Initial Stockholders” shall mean the Sponsor and any Insider that holds Founder Shares immediately prior to the Public Offering; (v) “Private Placement Warrants” shall mean the warrants to purchase up to 7,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that the Sponsor has agreed to purchase for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000, or $1.00 per warrant, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering; (vi) “Public Stockholders” shall mean the holders of the Corporation’s Public Shares; (vii) “Trust Account” shall mean the trust fund into which a portion of the net proceeds of the Public Offering shall be deposited; and (viii) “Transfer” shall mean the (a) sale of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to, any security, (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).

 

7


12. This Letter Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby. This Letter Agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived (other than to correct a typographical error) as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto.

13. No party hereto may assign either this Letter Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee. This Letter Agreement shall be binding on the Sponsor and Insiders and their respective successors, assigns and permitted transferees.

14. This Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The parties hereto (i) all agree that any action, proceeding, claim or dispute arising out of, or relating in any way to, this Letter Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of New York City, in the State of New York, and irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction and venue, which jurisdiction and venue shall be exclusive and (ii) waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and venue or that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

15. Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Letter Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or facsimile or electronic transmission.

16. This Letter Agreement shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the Lock-up Periods or (ii) the liquidation of the Corporation; provided, however, that this Letter Agreement shall earlier terminate in the event that the Public Offering is not consummated and closed by June 30, 2017; provided further that paragraph 4 of this Letter Agreement shall survive such liquidation.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

8


Sincerely,

 

MODERN MEDIA SPONSOR, LLC

By:  

 

  Name:   Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.
  Title:   President
By:  

 

  Name:   Jin Chun
  Title:   Vice President


By:  

 

  Name:   Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.


By:  

 

  Name:   Blair Faulstich


By:  

 

  Name:   George Brokaw


By:  

 

  Name:   John White


By:  

 

  Name:   William Drewry


By:  

 

  Name:   Adam Kagan


Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

By:  

 

  Name:   Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.3

FORM OF INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TRUST AGREEMENT

This Investment Management Trust Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of                    , 2017, by and between Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation (the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, the Corporation’s registration statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 377-01475 (the “Registration Statement”) and related prospectus (the “Prospectus”) for the initial public offering of the Corporation’s units (the “Units”), each of which consists of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and one-half of one warrant, each whole warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock (only whole warrants are exercisable) (such initial public offering hereinafter referred to as the “Offering”), has been declared effective as of the date hereof by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

WHEREAS, the Corporation has entered into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., as representative of the several underwriters name in Schedule 1 thereto (together, the “Underwriters”);

WHEREAS, as described in the Prospectus, at the closing of the Offering, an aggregate of $250,000,000 of proceeds from the Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (or $287,500,000 if the Underwriters’ over-allotment option with regards to the Units is exercised in full) will be delivered to the Trustee to be deposited and held in a segregated trust account located in the United States (the “Trust Account”) for the benefit of the Corporation and the holders of shares of Common Stock included in the Units (the amount to be delivered to the Trustee (and any interest subsequently earned thereon) will be referred to herein as the “Property,” the stockholders for whose benefit the Trustee shall hold the Property will be referred to as the “Public Stockholders,” and the Public Stockholders and the Corporation will be referred to together as the “Beneficiaries”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, a portion of the Property equal to $8,750,000 (or $10,812,500 if the Underwriters’ over-allotment option with regards to the Units is exercised in full) is or will be attributable to deferred underwriting discounts and commissions that may be payable by the Corporation to the Underwriter upon the consummation of the Business Combination (as defined below) (the “Deferred Discount”); and

WHEREAS, the Corporation and the Trustee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trustee shall hold the Property.

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Agreements and Covenants of Trustee . The Trustee hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a) Hold the Property in trust for the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in the Trust Account established by the Trustee at a branch office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. located in the United States and at a brokerage institution selected by the Trustee that is reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation;

(b) Manage, supervise and administer the Trust Account subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;


(c) In a timely manner, upon the written instruction of the Corporation, invest and reinvest the Property in United States government securities within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Corporation; it being understood that the Trust Account will earn no interest while account funds are uninvested awaiting the Corporation’s instructions hereunder;

(d) Collect and receive, when due, all interest or other income arising from the Property, which shall become part of the “Property,” as such term is used herein;

(e) Promptly notify the Corporation and the Underwriters of all communications received by the Trustee with respect to any Property requiring action by the Corporation;

(f) Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Corporation (or its authorized agents) in connection with the Corporation’s preparation of tax returns relating to assets held in the Trust Account or in connection with the preparation or completion of an audit of the Corporation’s financial statements by the Corporation’s auditors;

(g) Participate in any plan or proceeding for protecting or enforcing any right or interest arising from the Property if, as and when instructed by the Corporation to do so;

(h) Render to the Corporation monthly written statements of the activities of, and amounts in, the Trust Account reflecting all receipts and disbursements of the Trust Account;

(i) Commence liquidation of the Trust Account only (x) after and promptly after receipt of, and only in accordance with, the terms of a letter from the Corporation (“Termination Letter”) in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit B signed on behalf of the Corporation by its Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Secretary or Chairman of the board of directors (the “Board”) or other authorized officer of the Corporation, and complete the liquidation of the Trust Account and distribute the Property in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and any amounts released to the Corporation to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to the Corporation to pay dissolution expenses, it being understood that the Trustee has no obligation to monitor or question the Corporation’s position that an allocation has been made for taxes payable), only as directed in the Termination Letter and the other documents referred to therein or (y) upon the date which is 24 months after the closing of the Offering, if a Termination Letter has not been received by the Trustee prior to such date, in which case the Trust Account shall be liquidated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Termination Letter attached as Exhibit B and the Property in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of any taxes payable and any amounts released to the Corporation to fund working capital requirements, and less up to $50,000 to the Corporation to pay dissolution expenses), shall be distributed to the Public Stockholders of record as of such date; provided, however, that in the event the Trustee receives a Termination Letter in a form substantially similar to Exhibit B hereto, or if the Trustee begins to liquidate the Property because it has received no such Termination Letter by the date which is 24 months after the closing of the Offering, the Trustee shall keep the Trust Account open until twelve (12) months following the date the Property has been distributed to the Public Stockholders;

 

2


(j) Upon written request from the Corporation, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit C (a “Tax Payment Withdrawal Instruction”), withdraw from the Trust Account and distribute to the Corporation the amount of interest earned on the Property requested by the Corporation to cover any tax obligation owed by the Corporation as a result of assets of the Corporation or interest or other income earned on the Property, or to cover working capital requirements, which amount shall be delivered directly to the Corporation by electronic funds transfer or other method of prompt payment, and the Corporation shall forward such payment to the relevant taxing authority; provided, however, that to the extent there is not sufficient cash in the Trust Account to pay such tax obligation, the Trustee shall liquidate such assets held in the Trust Account as shall be designated by the Corporation in writing to make such distribution; so long as there is no reduction in the principal amount initially deposited in the Trust Account; provided, however, that if the tax to be paid is a franchise tax, the written request by the Corporation to make such distribution shall be accompanied by a copy of the franchise tax bill for the Corporation and a written statement from the principal financial officer of the Corporation setting forth the actual amount payable (it being acknowledged and agreed that any such amount in excess of interest income earned on the Property shall not be payable from the Trust Account). The written request of the Corporation referenced above shall constitute presumptive evidence that the Corporation is entitled to said funds, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility to look beyond said request; and

(k) Not make any withdrawals or distributions from the Trust Account other than pursuant to Section 1(i) or (j) above.

2. Agreements and Covenants of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a) Give all instructions to the Trustee hereunder in writing, signed by the Corporation’s Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel or Secretary, or other authorized officer of the Corporation. In addition, except with respect to its duties under  Sections 1(i)  and  1(j)  hereof, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any verbal or telephonic advice or instruction which it, in good faith and with reasonable care, believes to be given by any one of the persons authorized above to give written instructions, provided that the Corporation shall promptly confirm such instructions in writing;

(b) Subject to Section 4 hereof, hold the Trustee harmless and indemnify the Trustee from and against any and all expenses, including reasonable and actually incurred counsel fees and disbursements, or losses suffered by the Trustee in connection with any action taken by it hereunder and in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding brought against the Trustee involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand, which in any way arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Trustee hereunder, or the Property or any interest earned on the Property, except for expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) and losses resulting from the Trustee’s gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct. Promptly after the receipt by the Trustee of notice of demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Trustee intends to seek indemnification under this  Section 2(b) , it shall notify the Corporation in writing of such claim (hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnified Claim”). The Trustee shall have the right to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim; provided that the Trustee shall obtain the consent of the Corporation with respect to the selection of counsel, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay or reimburse more than one separate counsel. The Trustee may not agree to settle any Indemnified Claim without the prior written consent of the Corporation, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Corporation may participate in such action with its own counsel;

 

3


(c) Pay the Trustee the fees set forth on Schedule A hereto, including an initial acceptance fee, annual administration fee, and transaction processing fee which fees shall be subject to modification by the parties from time to time. It is expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay such fees unless and until it is distributed to the Corporation pursuant to  Sections 1(i)  through  1(j)  hereof. The Corporation shall pay the Trustee the initial acceptance fee and the first annual administration fee at the consummation of the Offering. The Trustee shall refund to the Corporation the monthly fee (on a pro rata basis) with respect to any period after the liquidation of the Trust Account. The Corporation shall not be responsible for any other fees or charges of the Trustee except as set forth in this Section 2(c) and as may be provided in  Section 2(b)  hereof;

(d) In connection with any vote of the Corporation’s stockholders regarding a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar business combination involving the Corporation and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), provide to the Trustee an affidavit or certificate of the inspector of elections for the stockholder meeting verifying the vote of such stockholders regarding such Business Combination;

(e) Provide the Underwriters with a copy of any Termination Letter(s) and/or any other correspondence that is sent to the Trustee with respect to any proposed withdrawal from the Trust Account promptly after it issues the same;

(f) Instruct the Trustee to make only those distributions that are permitted under this Agreement, and refrain from instructing the Trustee to make any distributions that are not permitted under this Agreement; and

(g) Within four (4) business days after an exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option or such over-allotment option expires, provide the Trustee with a notice in writing of the total amount of the Deferred Discount, which shall in no event be less than $8,750,000 (and shall be $10,812,500 if the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).

3. Limitations of Liability . The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability to:

(a) Imply obligations, perform duties, inquire or otherwise be subject to the provisions of any agreement or document other than this agreement and that which is expressly set forth herein;

(b) Take any action with respect to the Property, other than as directed in Section 1 hereof, and the Trustee shall have no liability to any party except for liability arising out of the Trustee’s gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(c) Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Property unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Corporation given as provided herein to do so and the Corporation shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incident thereto;

(d) Refund any depreciation in principal of any Property;

(e) Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Corporation to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Corporation shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Trustee;

 

4


(f) The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the Trustee’s best judgment, except for the Trustee’s gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Trustee with written notification to the Corporation, which counsel may be the Corporation’s counsel), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which the Trustee believes, in good faith and with reasonable care, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Trustee, signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Trustee are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto;

(g) Verify the accuracy of the information contained in the Registration Statement;

(h) Provide any assurance that any Business Combination entered into by the Corporation or any other action taken by the Corporation is as contemplated by the Registration Statement;

(i) File information returns with respect to the Trust Account with any local, state or federal taxing authority or provide periodic written statements to the Corporation documenting the taxes payable by the Corporation, if any, relating to any interest income earned on the Property;

(j) Prepare, execute and file tax reports, income or other tax returns and pay any taxes with respect to any income generated by, and activities relating to, the Trust Account, regardless of whether such tax is payable by the Trust Account or the Corporation, including, but not limited to, franchise and income tax obligations, except pursuant to Section 1(j) hereof; or

(k) Verify calculations, qualify or otherwise approve the Corporation’s written requests for distributions pursuant to Sections 1(i) and 1(j) hereof.

4. Trust Account Waiver . The Trustee shall have no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future. In the event the Trustee has any Claim against the Corporation under this Agreement, including, without limitation, under Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) hereof, the Trustee shall pursue such Claim solely against the Corporation and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the Property or any monies in the Trust Account.

5. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate as follows:

(a) If the Trustee gives written notice to the Corporation that it desires to resign under this Agreement, the Corporation shall use its reasonable efforts to locate a successor trustee, pending which the Trustee shall continue to act in accordance with this Agreement. At such time that the Corporation notifies the Trustee that a successor trustee has been appointed and has agreed to become subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee shall transfer the management of the Trust Account to the successor trustee, including but not limited to the transfer of copies of the reports and statements relating to the Trust Account, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that in the event that the Corporation does not locate a successor trustee within ninety (90) days of receipt of the resignation notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may submit an application to have the Property deposited with any court in the State of New York or with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and upon such deposit, the Trustee shall be immune from any liability whatsoever; or

 

5


(b) At such time that the Trustee has completed the liquidation of the Trust Account and its obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(i) hereof and distributed the Property in accordance with the provisions of the Termination Letter, this Agreement shall terminate except with respect to Section 2(b).

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) The Corporation and the Trustee each acknowledge that the Trustee will follow the security procedures set forth below with respect to funds transferred from the Trust Account. The Corporation and the Trustee will each restrict access to confidential information relating to such security procedures to authorized persons. Each party must notify the other party immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such confidential information, or of any change in its authorized personnel. In executing funds transfers, the Trustee shall rely upon all information supplied to it by the Corporation, including, account names, account numbers, and all other identifying information relating to a Beneficiary, Beneficiary’s bank or intermediary bank. Except for any liability arising out of the Trustee’s gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct, the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, liability or expense resulting from any error in the information or transmission of the funds.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Except for  Section 1(i)  hereof (which may not be modified, amended or deleted without the affirmative vote of sixty five percent (65%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided that no such amendment will affect any Public Stockholder who has otherwise indicated his election to redeem his shares of Common Stock in connection with a stockholder vote sought to amend this Agreement), this Agreement or any provision hereof may only be changed, amended or modified (other than to correct a typographical error) by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

(d) The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in the City of New York, State of New York, for purposes of resolving any disputes hereunder. AS TO ANY CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(e) Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or by electronic or facsimile transmission:

if to the Trustee, to:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Steven Nelson and Sharmin Carter

Fax No.: (212) 558-6731

Email: cst_compliance@continentalstock.com

 

6


if to the Corporation, to:

Modern Media Acquisition Corp.

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400

Atlanta, GA 30309

Attn: Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

Fax No.:

Email:

in each case, with copies to:

Jones Day

1420 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Suite 800

Atlanta, GA 30309

Attn: Mark Hanson, Esq.

Fax No.: (404) 581-8330

Email: mlhanson@jonesday.com

and

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

125 West 55 th Street, Level 22

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Jin Chun

Fax No.: (212) 231-1717

Email: Jin.Chun@macquarie.com

and

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

MetLife Building

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Attn: Alan Annex, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 801-6400

Email: annexa@gtlaw.com

(f) This Agreement may not be assigned by the Trustee without the prior consent of the Corporation.

(g) Each of the Corporation and the Trustee hereby represents that it has the full right and power and has been duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations as contemplated hereunder. The Trustee acknowledges and agrees that it shall not make any claims or proceed against the Trust Account, including by way of set-off, and shall not be entitled to any funds in the Trust Account under any circumstance.

 

7


(h) This Agreement is the joint product of the Trustee and the Corporation and each provision hereof has been subject to the mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of such parties and shall not be construed for or against any party hereto.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

(j) Each of the Corporation and the Trustee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

(k) Except as specified herein, no party to this Agreement may assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder to any other person or entity.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Investment Management Trust Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
Modern Media Acquisition Corp.
By:  

 

  Name:   Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer


SCHEDULE A

 

Fee Item

  

Time and method of payment

   Amount  

Initial acceptance fee

   Initial closing of the Offering by wire transfer.    $ 2,000.00  

Annual fee

   First year fee payable at initial closing of the Offering by wire transfer and thereafter on the anniversary of the effective date of the Offering by wire transfer or check.    $ 10,000.00  

Transaction processing fee for disbursements to Corporation under Sections 1(i) and 1(j)

   Deduction by Trustee from accumulated income following disbursement made to Corporation under Section 1.    $ 250.00  

Paying Agent services as required pursuant to Section 1(i)

   Billed to Corporation upon delivery of service pursuant to Section 1(i).     
Prevailing
rates
 
 


EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of Corporation]

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Steven Nelson and Sharmin Carter

 

  Re: Trust Account No.             Termination Letter

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to  Section 1(i)  of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”), dated as of             , 2017 (the “Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Corporation has entered into an agreement with             (the “Target Business”) to consummate a business combination with the Target Business (the “Business Combination”) on or about            ,         . The Corporation shall notify you at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the actual date (or such shorter time period as you may agree) of the consummation of the Business Combination (“Consummation Date”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to commence to liquidate all of the assets of the Trust Account on             , and to transfer the proceeds into the above-referenced trust checking account at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to the effect that, on the Consummation Date, all of the funds held in the Trust Account will be immediately available for transfer to the account or accounts that Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. (with respect to the Deferred Discount) and the Corporation shall direct on the Consummation Date. It is acknowledged and agreed that while the funds are on deposit in the trust checking account at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. awaiting distribution, neither the Corporation nor the Underwiters will earn any interest or dividends.

On the Consummation Date (i) counsel for the Corporation shall deliver to you written notification that the Business Combination has been consummated, or will be consummated substantially concurrently with your transfer of funds to the accounts as directed by the Corporation (the “Notification”) and (ii) the Corporation shall deliver to you (a) [an affidavit] [a certificate] of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Secretary, or other authorized officer of the Corporation, which verifies that the Business Combination has been approved by a vote of the Corporation’s stockholders, if a vote is held and (b) joint written instruction signed by the Corporation and the Underwriters with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account, including payment of the Deferred Discount from the Trust Account (the “Instruction Letter”). You are hereby directed and authorized to transfer the funds held in the Trust Account immediately upon your receipt of the Notification and the Instruction Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Instruction Letter. In the event that certain deposits held in the Trust Account may not be liquidated by the Consummation Date without penalty, you will notify the Corporation in writing of the same and the Corporation shall direct you as to whether such funds should remain in the Trust Account and be distributed after the Consummation Date to the Corporation. Upon the distribution of all the funds, net of any payments necessary for reasonable and actually incurred unreimbursed expenses related to liquidating the Trust Account, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 

A-1


In the event that the Business Combination is not consummated on the Consummation Date described in the notice thereof and we have not notified you on or before the original Consummation Date of a new Consummation Date, then upon receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Corporation, the funds held in the Trust Account shall be reinvested as provided in Section 1(c) of the Trust Agreement on the business day immediately following the Consummation Date as set forth in the notice or as soon thereafter as possible.

 

Very truly yours,
Modern Media Acquisition Corp. Inc.
By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

cc: Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

[Letterhead of Corporation]

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Steven Nelson and Sharmin Carter

 

  Re: Trust Account No.             Termination Letter

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to  Section 1(i)  of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”), dated as of            , 2017 (the “Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Corporation has been unable to effect a business combination with a Target Business (the “Business Combination”) within the time frame specified in the Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as may be amended, modified or restated) and as described in the Corporation’s Registration Statement and related Prospectus with regards to the Offering. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to liquidate all of the assets in the Trust Account on            , 2019 and to transfer the total proceeds into the trust checking account at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to await distribution to the Public Stockholders. The Corporation has selected            , 2019, as the record date for the purpose of determining the Public Stockholders entitled to receive their share of the liquidation proceeds. You agree to be the Paying Agent of record and, in your separate capacity as Paying Agent, agree to distribute said funds directly to the Corporation’s Public Stockholders in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Upon the distribution of all the funds, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 1(j) of the Trust Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
Modern Media Acquisition Corp. Inc.
By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

cc: Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

[Letterhead of Corporation]

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Sharmin Carter and Fran Wolf

 

Re: Trust Account No.            Tax Payment Withdrawal Instruction

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to  Section 1(j)  of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”), dated as of            , 2017 (the “Trust Agreement”), the Corporation hereby requests that you deliver to the Corporation $            of the interest income earned on the Property as of the date hereof. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

The Corporation requests such funds [to pay for the tax obligations as set forth on the attached tax return or tax statement] [for working capital purposes]. In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the Corporation’s operating account at:

[WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION]

 

Very truly yours,
Modern Media Acquisition Corp. Inc.
By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

cc: Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.4

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                 , 2017, is made and entered into by and among Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and Modern Media Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), together with the other parties listed on the signature pages hereto and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section  5.2 of this Agreement (a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1     Definitions . The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:

“Adverse Disclosure” means any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, after consultation with counsel to the Corporation, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, and (iii) the Corporation has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

“Agreement” has the meaning given in the Preamble.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

“Business Combination” means any merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses, involving the Corporation.

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Stock” has the meaning given in this subsection  1.1 .

“Corporation” has the meaning given in the Preamble.

“Demand Registration” has the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1 .

“Demanding Holder” has the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1 .

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.

“Form S-1” has the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1 .

“Form S-3” has the meaning given in subsection 2.3 .

“Founder Shares” means the 7,187,500 shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (up to 937,500 of which shares will be subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, if at all) held by the Sponsor and certain directors and officers of the Corporation.

“Founder Shares Lock-up Period” shall mean, with respect to the Founder Shares, and subject to certain limitations and exclusions, the period ending on the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of the initial Business Combination or (B) if, subsequent to the initial Business Combination, (x) the last reported closing price of the Corporation’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) equals or exceeds $12.00 per

 


share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Corporation completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Corporation’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property.

“Holders” has the meaning given in the Preamble.

“Insider Letter” means that certain letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporation, the Sponsor and each of the Corporation’s officers, directors and director nominees.

“Macquarie Demanding Holder” has the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1 .

“Maximum Number of Securities” means the meaning given in subsection 2.1.4 .

“MIHI” means MIHI LLC.

“Misstatement” means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading.

“MM Demanding Holder” has the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1 .

“Modern Media” means Modern Media, LLC.

“Permitted Transferees” means a person or entity to whom a Holder of Registrable Securities is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Founder Shares Lock-up Period or Private Placement Lock-up Period, as the case may be, under the Insider Letters and any other applicable agreement between such Holder and the Corporation and to any transferee thereafter.

“Piggyback Registration” has the meaning given in subsection 2.2.1 .

“Private Placement Lock-up Period” means, with respect to Private Placement Warrants (as defined below) that are held by the initial purchasers of such Private Placement Warrants or their Permitted Transferees, and any of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and that are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their Permitted Transferees, and subject to certain limitations and exclusions, the period ending 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination.

“Private Placement Warrants” mean the 7,000,000 warrants the Sponsor agreed to purchase from the Corporation in a private placement transaction pursuant to that certain Sponsor Warrant Purchase Agreement, by and between the Corporation and the Sponsor.

“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

“Prospectus Date” means the date of the final prospectus filed with the Commission and relating to the Corporation’s initial public offering.

“Registrable Security” means (a) the Founder Shares, (b) the Private Placement Warrants (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any such Private Placement Warrants), (c) any outstanding share of Common Stock or any other equity security (including shares of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any other equity security) of the Corporation held by a Holder as of the date of this Agreement, (d) any equity securities (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any

 

- 2 -


such equity security) of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of any working capital loans made to the Corporation by a Holder including, without limitation, the Sponsor Loan Warrants (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any such Sponsor Loan Warrants), and (e) any other equity security of the Corporation issued or issuable with respect to any such share of Common Stock by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization; provided , however , that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (B) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for such securities not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Corporation and subsequent public distribution of such securities shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (C) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; (D) such securities may be sold without registration pursuant Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (but with no volume or other restrictions or limitations); or (E) such securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction.

“Registration” means a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

“Registration Expenses” means the out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration, including, without limitation, the following:

(A)    all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority) and any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed;

(B)    fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable and actual fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

(C)    printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

(D)    reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation;

(E)    reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Corporation incurred specifically in connection with such Registration; and

(F)    reasonable and actual fees and expenses of one (1) legal counsel selected by the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating a Demand Registration to be registered for offer and sale in the applicable Registration.

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement that covers the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

“Requesting Holder” has the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1 .

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Sponsor” has the meaning given in the Preamble.

“Sponsor Demanding Holder” has the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1 .

 

- 3 -


“Sponsor Loan Warrants” means warrants issuable to the Sponsor upon conversion of up to $1,000,000 in working capital loans provided by the Sponsor to the Corporation to finance transaction costs in connection with the initial Business Combination.

“Underwriter” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

“Underwritten Registration” or “Underwritten Offering” means a Registration in which securities of the Corporation are sold to an Underwriter in a firm commitment underwriting for distribution to the public.

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATIONS

2.1     Demand Registration .

2.1.1     Request for Registration . Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.1.4 and Section  2.4 hereof, at any time and from time to time on or after the date the Corporation consummates the Business Combination, the Holders of at least a majority in interest of (a) the then outstanding number of Registrable Securities owned by MIHI and/or its Permitted Transferees (the “Macquarie Demanding Holders”), (b) the then outstanding number of Registrable Securities owned by Modern Media and/or its Permitted Transferees (the “MM Demanding Holders”) or (c) the then outstanding number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders (the “Sponsor Demanding Holders” and, collectively with the Macquarie Demanding Holders and the MM Demanding Holders, the “Demanding Holders”) may make a written demand for Registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities, which written demand shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such Registration and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof (such written demand a “Demand Registration”). The Corporation shall, within ten (10) days of the Corporation’s receipt of the Demand Registration, notify, in writing, all other Holders of Registrable Securities of such demand, and each Holder of Registrable Securities who thereafter wishes to include all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Registration pursuant to such Demand Registration (each such Holder that includes all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Registration, a “Requesting Holder”) shall so notify the Corporation, in writing, within five (5) days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Corporation. Upon receipt by the Corporation of any such written notification from a Requesting Holder(s), such Requesting Holder(s) shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in a Registration pursuant to such Demand Registration and the Corporation shall effect, as soon thereafter as practicable, but not more than forty five (45) days immediately after the Corporation’s receipt of the Demand Registration, the Registration of all Registrable Securities requested by the Demanding Holders and Requesting Holders pursuant to such Demand Registration. Under no circumstances shall the Corporation be obligated to effect more than one (1) Registration for each of the Macquarie Demanding Holders, the MM Demanding Holders and the Sponsor Demanding Holders pursuant to a Demand Registration under this  subsection 2.1.1  with respect to any or all Registrable Securities; provided , however , that a Registration shall not be counted for such purposes unless a Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement that may be available at such time (“Form S-1”) has become effective and all of the Registrable Securities requested by the Requesting Holders to be registered on behalf of the Requesting Holders (subject to Section  2.1. 4) in such Form S-1 Registration have been sold, in accordance with Section  3.1 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Sponsor Loan Warrants (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any such Sponsor Loan Warrants), the Corporation shall not be obliged to effect more than one (1) Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration under this subsection 2.1.1 , and the demand for such registration may only be made at any time after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and prior to the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date on which the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Corporation with the Commission under the Securities Act in connection with the initial public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock is declared effective by the Commission (the “Effective Date”), in accordance with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Rule 5110 (f)(2)(G) (iv). For purposes of this subsection 2.1.1 , “Lock-Up Period” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending 180 days immediately following the Effective Date.

 

- 4 -


2.1.2     Effective Registration . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 2.1.1 above or any other part of this Agreement, a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration shall not count as a Registration unless and until (i) the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration has been declared effective by the Commission and (ii) the Corporation has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided , further , that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, an offering of Registrable Securities in a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration is subsequently interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission, federal or state court or any other governmental agency the Registration Statement with respect to such Registration shall be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and until, (i) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (ii) a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating such Demand Registration thereafter affirmatively elect to continue with such Registration and accordingly notify the Corporation in writing, but in no event later than five (5) days, of such election; provided , further , that the Corporation shall not be obligated or required to file another Registration Statement until the Registration Statement that has been previously filed with respect to a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration becomes effective or is subsequently terminated.

2.1.3     Underwritten Offering . Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.1.4 and Section  2.4 hereof, if a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders so advise the Corporation as part of their Demand Registration that the offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, then the right of such Demanding Holder or Requesting Holder (if any) to include its Registrable Securities in such Registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein. All such Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through an Underwritten Offering under this subsection 2.1.3 shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering by the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating the Demand Registration.

2.1.4     Reduction of Underwritten Offering . If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration, in good faith, advises the Corporation, the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other Common Stock or other equity securities that the Corporation desires to sell and the Common Stock, if any, as to which a Registration has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by any other stockholders who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then the Corporation shall include in such Underwritten Offering, as follows: (i) first, the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder and Requesting Holder (if any) has requested be included in such Underwritten Registration and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and Requesting Holders have requested be included in such Underwritten Registration (such proportion is referred to herein as “Pro Rata”)) can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Stock or other equity securities that the Corporation desires to sell, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Registrable Securities of Holders (Pro Rata, based on the respective number or Registrable Securities that each Holder has so requested exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to subsection 2.2.1 hereof, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (iv) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Common Stock or other equity securities of other persons or entities that the Corporation is obligated to register in a Registration pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

 

- 5 -


2.1.5     Demand Registration Withdrawal . A majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating a Demand Registration or a majority-in-interest of the Requesting Holders (if any), pursuant to a Registration under subsection 2.1.1 shall have the right to withdraw from a Registration pursuant to such Demand Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Corporation and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to the Registration of their Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Corporation shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 2.1.5 .

2.2     Piggyback Registration .

2.2.1     Piggyback Rights . If, at any time on or after the date the Corporation consummates a Business Combination, the Corporation proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of the Corporation (or by the Corporation and by the stockholders of the Corporation including, without limitation, pursuant to Section  2.1 hereof), other than a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Corporation’s existing stockholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Corporation or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Corporation shall give written notice of such proposed filing to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such Registration a “Piggyback Registration”). The Corporation shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this subsection 2.2.1 to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Corporation included in such Registration and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All such Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through an Underwritten Offering under this subsection 2.2.1 shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Sponsor Loan Warrants (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any such Sponsor Loan Warrants), the Holder shall have the right to include such Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration for a period of no more than seven (7) years from the Effective Date in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v).

2.2.2     Reduction of Piggyback Registration . If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Registration that is to be a Piggyback Registration, in good faith, advises the Corporation and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of the Common Stock that the Corporation desires to sell, taken together with (i) the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant Section  2.2 hereof, and (iii) the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Corporation, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

(a)    If the Registration is undertaken for the Corporation’s account, the Corporation shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other equity securities that the Corporation desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to subsection 2.2.1 hereof, Pro

 

- 6 -


Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Corporation that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities;

(b)    If the Registration is pursuant to a request by persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, then the Corporation shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, of such requesting persons or entities, other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to subsection  2.2.1 , Pro Rata based on the number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Registration and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Holders have requested to be included in such Underwritten Registration that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock or other equity securities that the Corporation desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Common Stock or other equity securities for the account of other persons or entities that the Corporation is obligated to register pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons or entities that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

2.2.3     Piggyback Registration Withdrawal . Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Corporation and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration. The Corporation (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Corporation shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 2.2.3 .

2.2.4      Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights . For purposes of clarity, any Registration effected pursuant to Section  2.2 hereof shall not be counted as a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration effected under Section  2.1 hereof.

2.3     Registrations on Form S-3 . The Holders of Registrable Securities may at any time, and from time to time, request in writing that the Corporation, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission), register the resale of any or all of their Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement that may be available at such time (“Form S-3”); provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to effect such request through an Underwritten Offering. Within five (5) days of the Corporation’s receipt of a written request from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities for a Registration on Form S-3, the Corporation shall promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration on Form S-3 to all other Holders of Registrable Securities, and each Holder of Registrable Securities who thereafter wishes to include all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Registration on Form S-3 shall so notify the Corporation, in writing, within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Corporation. As soon as practicable thereafter, but not more than thirty (30) days after the Corporation’s initial receipt of such written request for a Registration on Form S-3, the Corporation shall register all or such portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities as are specified in such written request, together with all or such portion of Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in the written notification given by such Holder or Holders;  provided however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to effect any such Registration pursuant to  Section 2.3  hereof if (i) a Form S-3 is not available for such offering; or (ii) the Holders of Registrable Securities, together with the Holders of any other equity securities of the Corporation entitled to inclusion in such Registration, propose to sell the Registrable Securities and such other equity securities (if any) at any aggregate price to the public of less than $5,000,000.

 

- 7 -


2.4     Restrictions on Registration Rights . If (A) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Corporation’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date one hundred and twenty (120) days after the effective date of, a Corporation initiated Registration and provided that the Corporation has delivered written notice to the Holders prior to receipt of a Demand Registration pursuant to subsection 2.1.1 and it continues to actively employ, in good faith, all reasonable efforts to cause the applicable Registration Statement to become effective; (B) the Holders have requested an Underwritten Registration and the Corporation and the Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of underwriters to firmly underwrite the offer; or (C) in the good faith judgment of the Board such Registration would be detrimental to the Corporation and the Board concludes as a result that it is advisable to defer the filing of such Registration Statement at such time, then in each case the Corporation shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be detrimental to the Corporation for such Registration Statement to be filed in the near future and that it is therefore advisable to defer the filing of such Registration Statement. In such event, the Corporation shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than thirty (30) days; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any 12-month period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Registration shall be effected or permitted and no Registration Statement shall become effective, with respect to any Registrable Securities held by any Holder, until after the expiration of the Founder Shares Lock-Up Period or the Private Placement Lock-Up Period, as the case may be.

ARTICLE III

CORPORATION PROCEDURES

3.1     General Procedures . If at any time on or after the date the Corporation consummates a Business Combination the Corporation is required to effect the Registration of Registrable Securities, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Corporation shall, as expeditiously as possible:

3.1.1    prepare and file with the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;

3.1.2    prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be requested by the Holders or any Underwriter of Registrable Securities or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Corporation or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until the earlier of: (a) all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; or (b) such Securities cease to be Registrable Securities;

3.1.3    prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;

 

- 8 -


3.1.4    prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Corporation and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

3.1.5    cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Corporation are then listed;

3.1.6    provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

3.1.7    advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

3.1.8    at least five (5) days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement or Prospectus, furnish a copy thereof to each seller of such Registrable Securities or its counsel;

3.1.9    notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section  3.4 hereof;

3.1.10    permit a representative of the Holders, the Underwriters, if any, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such person’s own expense, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause the Corporation’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided , however , that such representatives or Underwriters enter into a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;

3.1.11    obtain a “cold comfort” letter from the Corporation’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Registration, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

3.1.12    on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Corporation for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the Holders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurances letters, and reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter or, if there is none, to a majority in interest of the participating Holders;

 

- 9 -


3.1.13    in the event of any Underwritten Offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter of such offering;

3.1.14    make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Corporation’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

3.1.15    if the Registration involves the Registration of Registrable Securities involving gross proceeds in excess of $25,000,000, use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Corporation to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in any Underwritten Offering; and

3.1.16    otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with such Registration.

3.2     Registration Expenses . The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by the Corporation. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.

3.3     Requirements for Participation in Underwritten Offerings . No person may participate in any Underwritten Offering for equity securities of the Corporation pursuant to a Registration initiated by the Corporation hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Corporation and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

3.4     Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure . Upon receipt of written notice from the Corporation that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that the Corporation hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by the Corporation that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would require the Corporation to make an Adverse Disclosure or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Corporation for reasons beyond the Corporation’s control, the Corporation may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time, but in no event more than thirty (30) days, determined in good faith by the Corporation to be necessary for such purpose. In the event the Corporation exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Corporation shall immediately notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section  3.4 .

3.5     Reporting Obligations . As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, the Corporation, at all times while it shall be reporting under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Corporation after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings that are not otherwise publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR website. The Corporation further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell shares of the Common Stock held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by

 

- 10 -


Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of any Holder, the Corporation shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

4.1     Indemnification .

4.1.1    The Corporation agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors and each person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including actual and reasonable attorneys’ fees) caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Corporation by such Holder expressly for use therein. The Corporation shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) as may be provided in any Underwriting or similar agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Underwriters relating to an Underwritten Offering.

4.1.2    In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to the Corporation in writing such information and affidavits as the Corporation reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Corporation, its directors and officers and agents and each person who controls the Corporation (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided , however , that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of the Corporation.

4.1.3    Any person entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

- 11 -


4.1.4    The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Corporation and each Holder of Registrable Securities participating in an offering also agrees to make such provisions as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party for contribution to such party in the event the Corporation’s or such Holder’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

4.1.5    If the indemnification provided under Section  4.1 hereof from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided , however , that the liability of any Holder under this subsection 4.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in subsections  4.1.1 , 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection 4.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this subsection 4.1.5 . No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this subsection 4.1.5 from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1     Notices . Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be in writing and given by (i) deposit in the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) transmission by hand delivery, electronic mail or facsimile. Each notice or communication that is mailed, delivered, or transmitted in the manner described above shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, and received, in the case of mailed notices, on the third business day following the date on which it is mailed and, in the case of notices delivered by courier service, hand delivery, electronic mail or facsimile, at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the delivery receipt or the affidavit of messenger) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be addressed to the Corporation at 1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400, Atlanta, GA 30309 (with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to: Mark Hanson, Jones Day, 1420 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 800, Atlanta, GA 30309) and to the Holder, at such Holder’s address as found in the Corporation’s books and records. Any party may change its address for notice at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other parties hereto, and such change of address shall become effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice as provided in this Section  5.1 .

5.2     Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries .

5.2.1    This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Corporation hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Corporation in whole or in part.

 

- 12 -


5.2.2    Prior to the expiration of the Founder Shares Lock-up Period or the Private Placement Lock-up Period, as the case may be, no Holder may assign or delegate such Holder’s rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, except in connection with a transfer of Registrable Securities by such Holder to a Permitted Transferee, but only if such Permitted Transferee agrees to become bound by the transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement and other applicable letter agreements.

5.2.3    This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Holders.

5.2.4    This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and Section  5.2 hereof.

5.2.5    No assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Corporation unless and until the Corporation shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section  5.1 hereof and (ii) the written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Agreement). Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section  5.2 shall be null and void.

5.3     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including facsimile or PDF counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.

5.4     Governing Law; Venue . NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS AMONG NEW YORK RESIDENTS ENTERED INTO AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.

5.5     Amendments and Modifications . Upon the written consent of the Corporation and the Holders of at least a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities at the time in question, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, in a manner that is materially different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Corporation and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Corporation in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Corporation. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.

5.6     Other Registration Rights . The Corporation represents and warrants that no person, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Corporation to register any securities of the Corporation for sale or to include such securities of the Corporation in any Registration filed by the Corporation for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person. Further, the Corporation represents and warrants that this Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreement with similar terms and conditions and in the event of a conflict between any such agreement or agreements and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

- 13 -


5.7     Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (ii) the date as of which (A) all of the Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to a Registration Statement (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder) or (B) all such Securities cease to be Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section  3.5 and Article  IV shall survive any termination.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 14 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

CORPORATION:
MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


HOLDER:
MODERN MEDIA SPONSOR, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:   Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.
Title:   President
By:  

 

Name:   Jin Chun
Title:   Vice President


HOLDER:
By:  

 

Name:   Blair Faulstich


HOLDER:
By:  

 

Name:   George Brokaw


HOLDER:
By:  

 

Name:   John White


HOLDER:
By:  

 

Name:   William Drewry


HOLDER:
By:  

 

Name:   Adam Kagan

Exhibit 10.5

SPONSOR WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS SPONSOR WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of                 , 2017 (as it may from time to time be amended and including all schedules referenced herein, this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Modern Media Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Purchaser ”).

The Company intends to consummate a public offering of the Company’s units (the “ Public Offering ”), each unit consisting of one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (a “ Share ”), and one-half of one warrant. Each full warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per Share. In connection therewith, the Purchaser has agreed to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 warrants (the “ Sponsor Warrants ”), each Sponsor Warrant entitling the holder to purchase one Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per Share.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby, intending legally to be bound, agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

Section 1. Authorization, Purchase and Sale; Terms of the Sponsor Warrants.

A. Authorization of the Sponsor Warrants . The Company has duly authorized the issuance and sale of the Sponsor Warrants to the Purchaser.

B. Purchase and Sale of the Sponsor Warrants . Simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering or on such earlier time and date as may be mutually agreed by the Purchaser and the Company (the “ Closing Date ”), the Company shall issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company, the Sponsor Warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000 (the “ Purchase Price ”), which shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the Company’s wiring instructions. On the Closing Date, upon the payment by the Purchaser of the Purchase Price, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser certificates, which shall include the legend set forth as Exhibit B to the Warrant Agreement (as defined below), evidencing the Sponsor Warrants duly registered in the Purchaser’s name.

C. Terms of the Sponsor Warrants .

(i) Each Sponsor Warrant shall have the terms set forth in a Warrant Agreement to be entered into by the Company and a warrant agent, in connection with the Public Offering (a “ Warrant Agreement ”).

(ii) At the time of the closing of the Public Offering, the Company and the Purchaser shall enter into a registration rights agreement (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Company will grant certain registration rights to the Purchaser relating to the Sponsor Warrants and the Shares underlying the Sponsor Warrants.

Section  2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. As a material inducement to the Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and purchase the Sponsor Warrants, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser (which representations and warranties shall survive the Closing Date) that:

A. Organization and Corporate Power . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results or assets of the Company. The Company possesses all requisite corporate power and authority necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Warrant Agreement.


B. Authorization; No Breach .

(i) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Sponsor Warrants have been duly authorized by the Company as of the Closing Date. This Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Upon issuance in accordance with, and payment pursuant to, the terms of the Warrant Agreement and this Agreement, the Sponsor Warrants will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms as of the Closing Date.

(ii) The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the Sponsor Warrants, the issuance and sale of the Sponsor Warrants, the issuance of the Shares of common stock upon exercise of the Sponsor Warrants and the fulfillment of and compliance with, the respective terms hereof and thereof by the Company, do not and will not as of the Closing Date (a) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a default under, (c) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance (a “ Lien ”) upon the Company’s capital stock or assets under, (d) result in a violation of, or (e) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice or declaration to, or filing with (collectively, “ Filings ”), any court or administrative or governmental body or agency pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company or the By Laws of the Company (in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended prior to completion of the contemplated Public Offering), or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company is subject, or any agreement, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject, except for any Filings required after the date hereof under federal or state securities laws.

C. Title to Securities . Upon issuance in accordance with, and payment pursuant to, the terms hereof and the Warrant Agreement, the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Sponsor Warrants will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Upon issuance in accordance with, and payment pursuant to, the terms hereof and the Warrant Agreement, the Purchaser will have good title to the Sponsor Warrants and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Sponsor Warrants, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances of any kind, other than (i) transfer restrictions hereunder and under the other agreements contemplated hereby, (ii) transfer restrictions under federal and state securities laws, and (iii) Liens imposed due to the actions of the Purchaser.

D. Governmental Consents . No permit, consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration to or filing with, any governmental authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or the consummation by the Company of any other transactions contemplated hereby.

Section  3. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser. As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement and issue and sell the Sponsor Warrants to the Purchaser, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company (which representations and warranties shall survive the Closing Date) that:

A. Organization and Requisite Authority . The Purchaser possesses all requisite power and authority necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Warrant Agreement.

B. Authorization; No Breach .

(i) This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law).

(ii) The execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the fulfillment of and compliance with the terms hereof by the Purchaser does not and will not as of the Closing Date conflict with or result in a breach by the Purchaser of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Purchaser is subject.

C. Investment Representations .

(i) The Purchaser is acquiring the Sponsor Warrants and, upon exercise of the Sponsor Warrants, the Shares issuable upon such exercise (collectively, the “ Securities ”), for the Purchaser’s own account, for investment purposes only and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, any public sale or distribution thereof.


(ii) The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D.

(iii) The Purchaser understands that the Securities are being offered and will be sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of the United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and the Purchaser’s compliance with, the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Purchaser to acquire such Securities.

(iv) The Purchaser has not decided to enter into this Agreement as a result of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(v) The Purchaser has been furnished with all materials relating to the business, finances and operations of the Company and materials relating to the offer and sale of the Securities which have been requested by the Purchaser. The Purchaser has been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the executive officers and directors of the Company. The Purchaser understands that its investment in the Securities involves a high degree of risk and it has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of the Securities.

(vi) The Purchaser understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Securities or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Securities by the Purchaser nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Securities.

(vii) The Purchaser understands that: (a) the Securities have not been and are not being registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred unless (1) subsequently registered thereunder or (2) sold in reliance on an exemption therefrom; and (b) except as specifically set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, neither the Company nor any other person is under any obligation to register the Securities under the Securities Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder. In this regard, the Purchaser understands that the Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the position that promoters or affiliates of a blank check company and their transferees, both before and after a Business Combination, are deemed to be “underwriters” under the Securities Act when reselling the securities of a blank check company. Based on that position, Rule 144 adopted pursuant to the Securities Act will not be available for resale transactions of the Securities despite technical compliance with the requirements of such Rule, and the Securities can be resold only through a registered offering or in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(viii) The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, knowledge of the high degree of risk associated with investments in the securities of companies in the development stage such as the Company, is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Securities and is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Securities in the amount contemplated hereunder for an indefinite period of time. The Purchaser has adequate means of providing for its current financial needs and contingencies and will have no current or anticipated future needs for liquidity which would be jeopardized by the investment in the Securities. The Purchaser can afford a complete loss of its investments in the Securities.

Section  4. Conditions of the Purchasers’ Obligations. The obligations of the Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Sponsor Warrants are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

A. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct at and as of the Closing Date as though then made.


B. Performance . The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing Date.

C. No Injunction . No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby, which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Warrant Agreement.

D. Warrant Agreement . The Company shall have entered into a Warrant Agreement with a warrant agent on terms satisfactory to the Purchaser.

E. Public Offering . The Company shall have completed the Public Offering.

Section  5. Conditions of the Company’s Obligations. The obligations of the Company to the Purchaser under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

A. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct at and as of the Closing Date as though then made.

B. Performance . The Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Purchaser on or before the Closing Date.

C. No Injunction . No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby, which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Warrant Agreement.

D. Warrant Agreement . The Company shall have entered into a Warrant Agreement with a warrant agent on terms satisfactory to the Company.

Section  6. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time after June 30, 2017 upon the election by either the Company or the Purchaser upon written notice to the other party if the closing of the Public Offering does not occur prior to such date.

Section  7. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing Date.

Section  8. Definitions. Terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the registration statement on Form S-1, as amended, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act (the “ Registration Statement ”).

Section 9. Miscellaneous.

A. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, the parties may not assign this Agreement, other than assignments by the Purchaser to affiliates thereof.

B. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.


C. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, none of which need contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

D. Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

E. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

F. Amendments . This letter agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto.

G. Trust Waiver . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Purchaser hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“ Claim ”) in or to any distribution from the trust account in which the proceeds of the Public Offering, as described in greater detail in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus, will be deposited (the “ Trust Account ”), and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


PURCHASER :
MODERN MEDIA SPONSOR, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 10.6

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement, dated as of             ,          (this “Agreement”), is made by and between Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and                      (“Indemnitee”).

Recitals:

 

  A. Section 141 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that the business and affairs of a corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors.

 

  B. Pursuant to Sections 141 and 142 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, significant authority with respect to the management of the Corporation has been delegated to the officers of the Corporation.

 

  C. By virtue of the managerial prerogatives vested in the directors and officers of a Delaware corporation, directors and officers act as fiduciaries of the corporation and its stockholders.

 

  D. Thus, it is critically important to the Corporation and its stockholders that the Corporation be able to attract and retain the most capable persons reasonably available to serve as directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

  E. In recognition of the need for corporations to be able to induce capable and responsible persons to accept positions in corporate management, Delaware law authorizes (and in some instances requires) corporations to indemnify their directors and officers, and further authorizes corporations to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of their directors and officers.

 

  F. The Delaware courts have recognized that indemnification by a corporation serves the dual policies of (1) allowing corporate officials to resist unjustified lawsuits, secure in the knowledge that, if vindicated, the corporation will bear the expense of litigation and (2) encouraging capable women and men to serve as corporate directors and officers, secure in the knowledge that the corporation will absorb the costs of defending their honesty and integrity.

 

  G. Delaware law also authorizes a corporation to pay in advance of the final disposition of an action, suit or proceeding the expenses incurred by a director or officer in the defense thereof, and any such right to the advancement of expenses may be made separate and distinct from any right to indemnification and need not be subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct or otherwise affected by the merits of any claims against the director or officer.

 

  H. The number of lawsuits challenging the judgment and actions of directors and officers of Delaware corporations, the costs of defending those lawsuits, and the threat to directors’ and officers’ personal assets have all materially increased over the past several years, chilling the willingness of capable women and men to undertake the responsibilities imposed on corporate directors and officers.


  I. Recent federal legislation and rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the national securities exchanges have imposed additional disclosure and corporate governance obligations on directors and officers of public companies and have exposed such directors and officers to new and substantially broadened civil liabilities.

 

  J. These legislative and regulatory initiatives have also exposed directors and officers of public companies to a significantly greater risk of criminal proceedings, with attendant defense costs and potential criminal fines and penalties.

 

  K. The authority of a corporation to indemnify and advance the costs of defense to its directors and officers applies to criminal proceedings as well as to civil, administrative and investigative proceedings.

 

  L. Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Corporation and his or her willingness to serve in such capacity is predicated, in substantial part, upon the Corporation’s willingness to indemnify him or her in accordance with the principles reflected above, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the state of Delaware, and upon the other undertakings set forth in this Agreement.

 

  M. Therefore, in recognition of the need to provide Indemnitee with substantial protection against personal liability, in order to procure Indemnitee’s continued service as a director or officer of the Corporation and to enhance Indemnitee’s ability to serve the Corporation in an effective manner, and in order to provide such protection pursuant to express contract rights (intended to be enforceable irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Corporation’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws (collectively, the “Constituent Documents” (as may be amended, modified or restated)), any change in the composition of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or any change-in-control or business combination transaction relating to the Corporation), the Corporation wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of Expenses (as defined in Section 1(e)) to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement and for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Corporation’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

  N. In light of the considerations referred to in the preceding recitals, it is the Corporation’s intention and desire that the provisions of this Agreement be construed liberally, subject to their express terms, to maximize the protections to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder.

 

2


Agreement:

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.     Certain Definitions. In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

(a)    “Claim” means (i) any threatened, asserted, pending or completed claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law; and (ii) any threatened, pending or completed inquiry or investigation, whether made, instituted or conducted by or at the behest of the Corporation or any other person, including any federal, state or other court or governmental entity or agency and any committee or other representative of any corporate constituency, that Indemnitee determines might lead to the institution of any such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding.

(b)    “Controlled Affiliate” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Corporation. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an entity or enterprise, whether through the ownership of voting securities, through other voting rights, by contract or otherwise; provided that direct or indirect beneficial ownership of capital stock or other interests in an entity or enterprise entitling the holder to cast 20% or more of the total number of votes generally entitled to be cast in the election of directors (or persons performing comparable functions) of such entity or enterprise shall be deemed to constitute control for purposes of this definition.

(c)    “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the Claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d)    “ERISA Losses” means any taxes, penalties or other liabilities under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e)    “Expenses” means attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs and expenses paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in (including on appeal), any Claim.

(f)    “Incumbent Directors” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board and any individual becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination); provided , however , that an individual shall not be an Incumbent Director if such individual’s election or appointment to the Board occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (as described in Rule 14a-12(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.

 

3


(g)    “Indemnifiable Claim” means any Claim based upon, arising out of or resulting from (i) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit (including any employee benefit plan or related trust), as to which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent, (ii) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in respect of any business, transaction, communication, filing, disclosure or other activity of the Corporation or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence, or (iii) Indemnitee’s status as a current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or as a current or former director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of the Corporation or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence or any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in connection with any obligation or restriction imposed upon Indemnitee by reason of such status. In addition to any service at the actual request of the Corporation, for purposes of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving or to have served at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of another entity or enterprise if Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of such entity or enterprise and (i) such entity or enterprise is or at the time of such service was a Controlled Affiliate, (ii) such entity or enterprise is or at the time of such service was an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or a Controlled Affiliate, or (iii) the Corporation or a Controlled Affiliate directly or indirectly caused or authorized Indemnitee to be nominated, elected, appointed, designated, employed, engaged or selected to serve in such capacity.

(h)    “Indemnifiable Losses” means any and all Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim.

(i)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation (or any Subsidiary) or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other named (or, as to a threatened matter, reasonably likely to be named) party to the Indemnifiable Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(j)    “Losses” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other), ERISA Losses and amounts paid in settlement, including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

4


(k)    “Subsidiary” means an entity in which the Corporation directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock.

(l)    “Voting Stock” means securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or similar governing bodies).

2.     Indemnification Obligation. Subject to Section 8, the Corporation shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted or required indemnification, against any and all Indemnifiable Claims and Indemnifiable Losses; provided , however , that (a) except for compulsory counterclaims or as provided in Sections 4 and 21, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation unless the Corporation has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Claim and (b) no repeal or amendment of any law of the State of Delaware shall in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or amendment.

3.     Advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Corporation prior to the final disposition of any Indemnifiable Claim of any and all Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee. Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct and is not conditioned upon any prior determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to the Indemnifiable Claim or the absence of any prior determination to the contrary. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within five business days after any request by Indemnitee, the Corporation shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses; provided that Indemnitee shall repay, without interest any amounts actually advanced to Indemnitee that, at the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim to which the advance related, were in excess of amounts paid or payable by Indemnitee in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim. In connection with any such payment, advancement or reimbursement, if delivery of an undertaking is a legally required condition precedent to such payment, advance or reimbursement, Indemnitee shall execute and deliver to the Corporation an undertaking in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (subject to Indemnitee filling in the blanks therein and selecting from among the bracketed alternatives therein), which need not be secured and shall be accepted by the Corporation without reference to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses. In no event shall Indemnitee’s right to the payment, advancement or reimbursement of Expenses pursuant to this Section 3 be conditioned upon any undertaking that is less favorable to Indemnitee than, or that is in addition to, the undertaking set forth in Exhibit A .

4.     Indemnification for Additional Expenses. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five

 

5


business days of such request, any and all Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Claim made, instituted or conducted by Indemnitee, in each case to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted or required indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of such Expenses, for (a) indemnification or payment, advancement or reimbursement of Expenses by the Corporation under any provision of this Agreement, or under any other agreement or provision of the Constituent Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to Indemnifiable Claims, and/or (b) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Corporation; provided , however , that Indemnitee shall return, without interest, any such advance of Expenses (or portion thereof) which remains unspent at the final disposition of the Claim to which the advance related.

5.     Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law in effect on the date hereof or as such law may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of permitted or required indemnification, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the payment of any and all Indemnifiable Claims or Indemnifiable Losses, in such proportion as is fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Corporation and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s); provided that such contribution shall not be required where it is determined, pursuant to a final disposition of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss in accordance with Section 8, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Corporation with respect to such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss.

6.     Partial Indemnity. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of any Indemnifiable Loss, but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

7.     Procedure for Notification. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in respect of an Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request therefor, including a brief description (based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss. If, at the time of the receipt of such request, the Corporation has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect under which coverage for such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss is potentially available, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss to the applicable insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Corporation shall provide to Indemnitee a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers, and copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Corporation and such insurers regarding the Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Corporation. The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Corporation of any Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss

 

6


shall not relieve the Corporation from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent that, the Corporation did not otherwise learn of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss and such failure results in forfeiture by the Corporation of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage.

8.     Determination of Right to Indemnification.

(a)    To the extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Indemnifiable Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim in accordance with Section 2 and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 8(b)) shall be required with respect to such Indemnifiable Claim.

(b)    To the extent that the provisions of Section 8(a) are inapplicable to an Indemnifiable Claim that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law that is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against Indemnifiable Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim (a “Standard of Conduct Determination”) shall be made as follows: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, (ii) if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by a majority vote of a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of all Disinterested Directors, or (iii) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or if Indemnitee so requests, by Independent Counsel, selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; provided , however , that if at the time of any Standard of Conduct Determination Indemnitee is neither a director nor an officer of the Corporation, such Standard of Conduct Determination may be made by or in the manner specified by the Board, any duly authorized committee of the Board or any duly authorized officer of the Corporation (unless Indemnitee requests that such Standard of Conduct Determination be made by Independent Counsel, in which case such Standard of Conduct Determination shall be made by Independent Counsel). Indemnitee will cooperate with the person or persons making such Standard of Conduct Determination, including providing to such person or persons, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five business days of such request, any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person or persons making such Standard of Conduct Determination.

(c)    The Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Standard of Conduct Determination required under Section 8(b) to be made as promptly as practicable. If (i) the person or persons empowered or selected under Section 8 to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall not have made a determination within 30 days after the later of (A) receipt by the Corporation of written notice from Indemnitee advising the Corporation of the final disposition of the applicable Indemnifiable Claim (the date of such receipt being the

 

7


“Notification Date”) and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, and (ii) Indemnitee shall have fulfilled his or her obligations set forth in the second sentence of Section 8(b), then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person or persons making such determination in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluation or documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(d) If (i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Section 8(a), (ii) no determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses, or (iii) Indemnitee has been determined or deemed pursuant to Section 8(b) or (c) to have satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law which is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses, then the Corporation shall pay to Indemnitee, within five business days after the later of (x) the Notification Date in respect of the Indemnifiable Claim or portion thereof to which such Indemnifiable Losses are related, out of which such Indemnifiable Losses arose or from which such Indemnifiable Losses resulted and (y) the earliest date on which the applicable criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall have been satisfied, an amount equal to the amount of such Indemnifiable Losses.

9.     Presumption of Entitlement.

(a)    In making a determination of whether Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, the Corporation acknowledges that a resolution, disposition or outcome short of dismissal or final judgment, including outcomes that permit Indemnitee to avoid expense, delay, embarrassment, injury to reputation, distraction, disruption or uncertainty, may constitute such success. In the event that any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or issue or matter therein is resolved or disposed of in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including any resolution or disposition thereof by means of settlement with or without payment of money or other consideration), it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of such Indemnifiable Claim or portion thereof or issue or matter therein. The Corporation may overcome such presumption only by its adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.

(b)    In making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the person or persons making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct, and the Corporation may overcome such presumption only by its adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. Any Standard of Conduct Determination that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct shall be final and binding in all respects, including with respect to any litigation or other action or proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights hereunder. Any Standard of Conduct Determination that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. No determination by the Corporation (including by its directors or any Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not satisfied any applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to any Claim

 

8


by Indemnitee for indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Corporation hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct.

(c)    Without limiting the generality or effect of Section 9(b), (i) to the extent that any Indemnifiable Claim relates to any entity or enterprise (other than the Corporation) referred to in clause (i) of the first sentence of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim,” Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the interests of such entity or enterprise (or the owners or beneficiaries thereof, including in the case of any employee benefit plan the participants and beneficiaries thereof) and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, and (ii) in all cases, any belief of Indemnitee that is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Corporation in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation, the Board, any committee of the Board or any director, or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation, the Board, any committee of the Board or any director by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by or on behalf of the Corporation, the Board, any committee of the Board or any director shall be deemed to be reasonable.

10.     No Adverse Presumption. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable standard of conduct or that indemnification hereunder is otherwise not permitted.

11.     Non-Exclusivity. The rights of Indemnitee hereunder will be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have against the Corporation under the Constituent Documents, or the substantive laws of the Corporation’s jurisdiction of incorporation, any other contract or otherwise (collectively, “Other Indemnity Provisions”); provided , however , that (a) to the extent that Indemnitee otherwise would have any greater right to indemnification under any Other Indemnity Provision, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder and (b) to the extent that any change is made to any Other Indemnity Provision which permits any greater right to indemnification than that provided under this Agreement as of the date hereof, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder. The Corporation will not adopt any amendment to any of the Constituent Documents the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or any Other Indemnity Provision.

12.     Liability Insurance and Funding. For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Corporation, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending or possible Indemnifiable Claim, the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the Corporation that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Corporation’s current

 

9


policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The Corporation shall provide Indemnitee with a copy of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials, and shall provide Indemnitee with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the same. Without limiting the generality or effect of the two immediately preceding sentences, the Corporation shall not discontinue or significantly reduce the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next (i) without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the Incumbent Directors, even if less than a quorum, or (ii) if at the time that any such discontinuation or significant reduction in the scope or amount of coverage is proposed there are no Incumbent Directors, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Corporation, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Corporation’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

13.     Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the related rights of recovery of Indemnitee against other persons or entities (other than Indemnitee’s successors), including any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(g). Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required to evidence such rights (all of Indemnitee’s reasonable Expenses, including attorneys’ fees and charges, related thereto to be reimbursed by or, at the option of Indemnitee, advanced by the Corporation).

14.     No Duplication of Payments. The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received and is entitled to retain payment (net of any Expenses incurred in connection therewith and any repayment by Indemnitee made with respect thereto) under any insurance policy, the Constituent Documents and Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise (including from any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(g)) in respect of such Indemnifiable Losses otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

15.     Defense of Claims. The Corporation shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee; provided that if Indemnitee believes, after consultation with counsel selected by Indemnitee, that (a) the use of counsel chosen by the Corporation to represent Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (b) the named parties in any such Indemnifiable Claim (including any impleaded parties) include both the Corporation and Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall conclude that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are different from or in addition to those available to the Corporation, or (c) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Indemnifiable Claim) at the Corporation’s expense. The Corporation shall not be

 

10


liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim effected without the Corporation’s prior written consent. The Corporation shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim to which Indemnitee is, or could have been, a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Indemnifiable Claim. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement; provided that Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.

16.     Successors and Binding Agreement.

(a)    The Corporation shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee and his or her counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Corporation and any successor to the Corporation, including any person acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor will thereafter be deemed the “Corporation” for purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable or delegatable by the Corporation.

(b)    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Indemnitee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, legatees and other successors.

(c)    This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 16(a) and 16(b). Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, Indemnitee’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by Indemnitee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 16(c), the Corporation shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned or transferred.

17.     Notices. For all purposes of this Agreement, all communications, including notices, consents, requests or approvals, required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when hand delivered or dispatched by electronic transmission (with receipt thereof orally confirmed), or five business days after having been mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or one business day after having been sent for next-day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Corporation (to the attention of the Secretary of the Corporation (with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to: Mark Hanson, Jones Day, 1420 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 800, Atlanta, GA 30309)) and to Indemnitee at the applicable address shown on the signature page hereto, or to such other address (including electronic) as any party may have furnished to the other in writing (including electronic transmission) and in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address will be effective only upon receipt.

 

11


18.     Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State. The Corporation and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.

19.     Validity. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other person or circumstance shall not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make it enforceable, valid or legal. In the event that any court or other adjudicative body shall decline to reform any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, the parties thereto shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to replace the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal with one or more alternative provisions that effectuate the purpose and intent of the original provisions of this Agreement as fully as possible without being invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal.

20.     Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Indemnitee and the Corporation. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

21.     Legal Fees and Expenses; Interest.

(a)    It is the intent of the Corporation that Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees and or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. Accordingly, without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof, if it should appear to Indemnitee that the Corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3) or in the event that the Corporation or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, the Corporation irrevocably authorizes Indemnitee from time

 

12


to time to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, at the expense of the Corporation as hereafter provided, to advise and represent Indemnitee in connection with any such interpretation, enforcement or defense, including the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Corporation or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Corporation, in any jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any existing or prior attorney-client relationship between the Corporation and such counsel, the Corporation irrevocably consents to Indemnitee’s entering into an attorney-client relationship with such counsel, and in that connection the Corporation and Indemnitee agree that a confidential relationship shall exist between Indemnitee and such counsel. The Corporation will pay and be solely financially responsible for any and all attorneys’ and related fees and expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any of the foregoing to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted or required payment of such fees and expenses.

(b)    Any amount due to Indemnitee under this Agreement that is not paid by the Corporation by the date on which it is due will accrue interest at the maximum legal rate under Delaware law from the date on which such amount is due to the date on which such amount is paid to Indemnitee.

22.     Certain Interpretive Matters. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (a) ”it” or “its” or words of any gender include each other gender, (b) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, (c) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, (d) the terms “ “Section” or “Exhibit” refer to the specified Section or Exhibit of or to this Agreement, (e) the terms “include,” “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” (whether or not so expressed), and (f) the word “or” is disjunctive but not exclusive. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number will refer to calendar days unless business days are specified and whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Agreement during a certain period of time or by a particular date that ends or occurs on a non-business day, then such period or date will be extended until the immediately following business day. As used herein, “business day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a United States federal holiday.

23.     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

24.     Waiver of Claims to Trust Account. Indemnitee hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (each, a “Trust Account Claim”) in or to any monies in the trust account established in connection with the Corporation’s initial public offering for the benefit of the Corporation and holders of securities issued in such offering, and hereby waives any Trust Account Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to the Corporation and will not seek recourse against such trust account for any reason whatsoever.

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Indemnitee has executed and the Corporation has caused its duly authorized representative to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Suite 2400

Atlanta, GA 30309

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


[INDEMNITEE]

[Address]

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 


EXHIBIT A

UNDERTAKING

This Undertaking is submitted pursuant to the Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement, dated as of             , 20     (the “Indemnification Agreement”), between Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and the undersigned. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indemnification Agreement.

The undersigned hereby requests [payment], [advancement], [reimbursement] by the Corporation of Expenses which the undersigned [has incurred] [reasonably expects to incur] in connection with                      (the “Indemnifiable Claim”).

The undersigned hereby undertakes to repay the [payment], [advancement], [reimbursement] of Expenses made by the Corporation to or on behalf of the undersigned in response to the foregoing request to the extent it is determined, following the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim and in accordance with Section 8 of the Indemnification Agreement, that the undersigned is not entitled to indemnification by the Corporation under the Indemnification Agreement with respect to the Indemnifiable Claim.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Undertaking as of this      day of             , 20    .

 

 

[Indemnitee]

Exhibit 10.7

THIS EXPENSE ADVANCEMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of            , 2017, is made and entered into by and between Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) and Modern Media Sponsor, LLC (the “Sponsor”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Corporation is pursuing an initial public offering (the “Offering”) pursuant to which the Corporation will issue and sell up to 28,750,000 units (the “Units”) (including up to 3,750,000 Units subject to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of the Offering), with each Unit comprised of one share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation and one-half of one warrant, each whole warrant exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock (only whole warrants are exercisable) at $11.50 per share, subject to certain adjustments (each, a “Warrant,” and collectively, the “Warrants”);

WHEREAS, the Corporation has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-216546 (the “Registration Statement”) for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, (the “Securities Act”), of the Units, and the Warrants and Common Stock comprising the Units, including a related prospectus (the “Prospectus”);

WHEREAS, the gross proceeds of the Offering will be deposited in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and managed by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; and

WHEREAS, the Sponsor desires to enter into this Agreement in order to facilitate the Offering and the other transactions contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, including any merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar business combination by the Corporation with one or more businesses as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (a “Business Combination”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.      (a) From time to time, as may be requested by the Corporation, the Sponsor agrees to advance to the Corporation up to $500,000 in the aggregate, in each instance pursuant to the terms of a promissory note, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “Note”), as may be necessary to fund the Corporation’s expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and for other working capital requirements following the Offering and prior to any potential Business Combination.

(b) The Sponsor represents to the Corporation that it is capable of making such advances to satisfy its obligations under clause (a) of this Section 1.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Note, the Sponsor hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in or to any distribution from the Trust Account in which the proceeds of the Offering, as described in greater detail in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be deposited, and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever; provided, however, that if the Corporation completes its Business Combination, the Corporation shall repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds released to the Corporation from the Trust Account.


2. This Agreement, together with the Note, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived (other than to correct a typographical error) as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

3. No party may assign either this Agreement or any of his, her or its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee. This Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and each of his or its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

4. Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement shall be sufficiently given (i) when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery, (ii) the date and time shown on an electronic or telefacsimile transmission confirmation, or (iii) if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid. Such notice, statement or demand shall be addressed as follows:

If to the Corporation:

Modern Media Acquisition Corp.

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Suite 2400

Atlanta, GA 30309

Attn: Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

Facsimile:

Email:

with a copy in each case (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Jones Day

1420 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Suite 800

Atlanta, GA 30309

Attn: Mark Hanson, Esq.

Facsimile: (404) 581-8330

Email: mlhanson@jonesday.com

If to the Sponsor:

Modern Media Sponsor, LLC

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Suite 2400

Atlanta, GA 30309

Attn: Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

Facsimile:

Email:

with a copy in each case (which shall not constitute notice) to:


 

 

 

5. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original, electronic or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

6. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

7. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The parties hereto (i) agree that any action, proceeding, claim or dispute arising out of, or relating in any way to, this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of New York, in the State of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction and venue, which jurisdiction and venue shall be exclusive and (ii) waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and venue or that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
MODERN MEDIA SPONSOR, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

Form of Promissory Note


THIS PROMISSORY NOTE (“NOTE”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OF THE RESALE THEREOF UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY IN FORM, SCOPE AND SUBSTANCE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal Amount: Up to $500,000   

Dated as of            , 20    

Atlanta, Georgia

Pursuant to that certain Expense Advancement Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of            , 2017, by and between Modern Media Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Maker ”) and Modern Media Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or its registered assigns or successors in interest (the “ Payee ”), the Maker hereby promises to pay to the order of the Payee the principal sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or such lesser amount as shall have been advanced by Payee to Maker and shall remain unpaid (or not otherwise converted as provided for in Section 15) under this Note on the Maturity Date (as defined below) in lawful money of the United States of America, on the terms and conditions described below. All payments on this Note shall be made by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds or as otherwise determined by the Maker to such account as the Payee may from time to time designate by written notice in accordance with the provisions of this Note. Certain terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Agreement.

1. Principal. The entire unpaid principal balance of the Note (less any amounts converted as provided for in Section 15 hereof) shall be payable on the date on which Maker consummates its Business Combination (the “ Maturity Date ”). All or any portion of the principal balance may be prepaid without penalty at any time. Under no circumstances shall any individual, including but not limited to any officer, director, employee or shareholder of the Maker, be obligated personally for any obligations or liabilities of the Maker hereunder.

2. Drawdown Requests. Maker and Payee agree that Maker may request, from time to time, up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in aggregate draw downs under this Note to be used for working capital, or costs and expenses related to the Offering and the pursuit of a Business Combination. The principal amount of this Note may be drawn down from time to time prior to the Maturity Date upon written request from Maker to Payee (each, a “ Drawdown Request ”) and set forth on the Drawdown Request Schedule included as Annex A hereto. Each Drawdown Request must state the amount to be drawn down, and must not be in an amount less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000). Payee shall fund each Drawdown Request no later than three (3) business days after receipt of a Drawdown Request; provided, however, that the maximum amount of drawdowns to be made under this Note may not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). No fees, payments or other amounts shall be due to Payee in connection with, or as a result of, any Drawdown Request by Maker.

3. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

4. Application of Payments.  All payments shall be applied first to payment in full of any costs incurred in the collection of any sum due under this Note, including (without limitation) reasonable attorney’s fees, then to the payment in full of any late charges and finally to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance of this Note.


5. Events of Default.  The following shall constitute an event of default (“ Event of Default ”) under this Note:

(a) Failure to Make Required Payments . Failure by Maker to pay the principal amount due pursuant to this Note within five (5) business days of the Maturity Date.

(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy, Etc . The commencement by Maker of a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, rehabilitation or other similar law, or the consent by it to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure of Maker generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of corporate action by Maker in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

(c) Involuntary Bankruptcy, Etc . The entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of Maker in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days.

6. Remedies .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a) hereof, Payee may, by written notice to Maker, declare this Note to be due immediately and payable, whereupon the unpaid principal amount of this Note, and all other amounts payable hereunder, shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the documents evidencing the same to the contrary notwithstanding.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Sections 5(b) or 5(c), the unpaid principal balance of this Note, and all other sums payable with regard to this Note, shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, in all cases without any action on the part of Payee.

7. Waivers.  Maker and all endorsers and guarantors of, and sureties for, this Note waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and notice of protest with regard to the Note, all errors, defects and imperfections in any proceedings instituted by Payee under the terms of this Note, and all benefits that might accrue to Maker by virtue of any present or future laws exempting any property, real or personal, or any part of the proceeds arising from any sale of any such property, from attachment, levy or sale under execution, or providing for any stay of execution, exemption from civil process, or extension of time for payment; and Maker agrees that any real estate that may be levied upon pursuant to a judgment obtained by virtue hereof, on any writ of execution issued hereon, may be sold upon any such writ in whole or in part in any order desired by Payee.

8. Unconditional Liability.  Maker hereby waives all notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of the payment of this Note, and agrees that its liability shall be unconditional, without regard to the liability of any other party, and shall not be affected in any manner by any indulgence, extension of time, renewal, waiver or modification granted or consented to by Payee, and consents to any and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by Payee with respect to the payment or other provisions of this Note, and agrees that additional makers, endorsers, guarantors, or sureties may become parties hereto without notice to Maker or affecting Maker’s liability hereunder.


9. Notices.  All notices, statements or other documents which are required or contemplated by this Agreement shall be: (i) in writing and delivered personally or sent by first class registered or certified mail, overnight courier service or facsimile or electronic transmission to the address designated in writing, (ii) by facsimile to the number most recently provided to such party or such other address or fax number as may be designated in writing by such party and (iii) by electronic mail, to the electronic mail address most recently provided to such party or such other electronic mail address as may be designated in writing by such party. Any notice or other communication so transmitted shall be deemed to have been given on the day of delivery, if delivered personally, on the business day following receipt of written confirmation, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, one (1) business day after delivery to an overnight courier service or five (5) days after mailing if sent by mail.

10. Construction.  THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

11. Severability.  Any provision contained in this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

12. Trust Waiver . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Payee hereby waives any and all Claim in or to any distribution of or from the Trust Account to be established in which the proceeds of the Offering conducted by Maker (including the deferred underwriters discounts and commissions) and the proceeds from the sale of certain warrants to be issued and sold by the Maker in a private placement to close simultaneously with the closing of the Offering are to be deposited, to be described in greater detail in the registration statement and prospectus to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Offering, and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever; provided, however, that if the Maker completes its Business Combination, the Maker shall repay the entire unpaid principal balance of the Note.

13. Amendment; Waiver . Any amendment hereto or waiver of any provision hereof may be made with, and only with, the written consent of the Maker and the Payee.

14. Assignment . No assignment or transfer of this Note or any rights or obligations hereunder may be made by any party hereto (by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other party hereto and any attempted assignment without the required consent shall be void; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to an affiliate of the Payee who agrees to be bound by the terms of this Note.

15. Conversion .

(a) At the Payee’s option upon notice to the Maker, at any time prior to payment in full of the principal balance of this Note, the Payee may elect to convert all or any portion of the principal balance of this Note into a number of warrants (the “ Warrants ”) to purchase shares of the Maker’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”). Each $1.00 of such principal balance shall be converted into one (1) Warrant. Each Warrant shall have the same terms and conditions as the


warrants issued by the Maker pursuant to the private placement, except that (i) the Warrants shall not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, as described in Maker’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-216546) and (ii) the Warrants, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, shall be subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer, in accordance with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Rule 5110(g)(1), as set forth under the terms of that certain letter agreement, dated as of                 , 2017, by and among the Maker, the Payee and each of the Maker’s officers, directors and director nominees. The Warrants, the shares of the Common Stock of Maker underlying the Warrants and any other equity security of Maker issued or issuable with respect to the foregoing by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, amalgamation, consolidation or reorganization (the “ Warrant Shares ”), shall be entitled to the registration rights set forth in Section 16 hereof.

(b) Upon any complete or partial conversion of the principal amount of this Note, (i) such principal amount shall be so converted and such converted portion of this Note shall become fully paid and satisfied, (ii) the Payee shall surrender and deliver this Note, duly endorsed, to Maker or such other address which Maker shall designate against delivery of the Warrants, (iii) Maker shall promptly deliver a new duly executed Note to the Payee in the principal amount that remains outstanding, if any, after any such conversion and (iv) in exchange for all or any portion of the surrendered Note, Maker shall deliver to Payee the Warrants, which shall bear such legends as are required, in the opinion of counsel to Maker or by any other agreement between Maker and the Payee and applicable state and federal securities laws.

(c) The Payee shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable with respect to any issue or delivery of the Warrants upon conversion of this Note pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Payee shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by the Payee in connection with any such conversion.

(d) The Warrants shall not be issued upon conversion of this Note unless such issuance and such conversion comply with all applicable provisions of law.

16. Registration Rights .

(a) Reference is made to that certain Registration Rights Agreement between the Maker and the parties thereto, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

(b) The holders (“ Holders ”) of the Warrants (or the Warrant Shares) and the Maker, as applicable, shall have such rights, duties and obligations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to a Registrable Security (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Maker, intending to be legally bound hereby, has caused this Note to be duly executed by the undersigned as of the day and year first above written.

 

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Annex A

Drawdown Request Schedule

 

Date of Drawdown    Amount of Drawdown    Aggregate Drawdown

Exhibit 10.8

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

A Member of the Macquarie Group of Companies

 

125 West 55 th Street    Telephone                1 212 231 1000
New York, NY 10019                Tollfree    1 800 648 2878
UNITED STATES    Facsimile    1 212 231 1717
   Internet    www.macquarie.com

April    , 2017

Lewis W. Dickey, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Modern Media Acquisition Corp.

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Suite 2400

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Dear Mr. Dickey:

In recognition of the relationship between Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and MIHI LLC, the Company agrees that prior to the third anniversary of the date of this letter agreement, the Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, engage Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. (“Macquarie Capital”), or an affiliate of Macquarie Capital designated by it, to act, on any and all transactions with a notional value greater than $30 million, as: (a) a bookrunning managing underwriter, a bookrunning managing placement agent, or a bookrunning managing initial purchaser, as the case may be, and financial advisor in connection with any offering or placement of securities (including, but not limited to, debt, equity, preferred and other hybrid equity securities or equity linked securities) or loan or other credit transaction by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in each case with Macquarie Capital receiving total compensation in respect of any such transaction that is equal to or better than 40% of the total compensation received by all underwriters, placement agents, and initial purchasers, as the case may be, in connection with such transaction (50% in the case of any such offering, placement, loan or other credit transaction in connection with the initial business combination (the “Business Combination”) and not less than the compensation received by any one individual underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser, as the case may be, and (b) a financial advisor in connection with any (i) restructuring (through a recapitalization, extraordinary dividend, stock repurchase, spin-off, joint venture or otherwise) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) acquisition or disposition of a business, asset or voting securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in each case with Macquarie Capital receiving total compensation in respect of any such transaction that is equal to or greater than 66% of the total compensation received by all financial advisors in connection with such transaction (50% in the case of the Business Combination), and not less than the compensation received by any individual financial advisor.

The Company understands that Macquarie Capital may decline any such engagement in its sole and absolute discretion, in which event Macquarie Capital would not be entitled to any fees from such engagement. Any engagement of Macquarie Capital pursuant to this paragraph


shall become a commitment by Macquarie Capital to assume such engagement only if such engagement is set forth and agreed to by Macquarie Capital in writing in a separate agreement. Any such engagement shall be on Macquarie Capital’s customary terms (including, as applicable, representations, warranties, covenants, conditions, indemnities and fees based upon the prevailing market for similar services for global, full-service investment banks), which terms (but not the obligation to engage Macquarie Capital) shall be subject to the review of the Company’s audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) pursuant to the Audit Committee’s policies and procedures relating to transactions that may present conflicts of interest.

With regard to the preceding scope of services, it is understood that Macquarie Capital will not be retained to render a fairness opinion on the Business Combination, although this letter agreement will apply with respect to other aspects of the Business Combination. If, in the sole and reasonable determination of Macquarie Capital, Macquarie Capital is unable to provide the services requested under this agreement, Macquarie Capital will notify the board of directors of the Company as soon as practical of its intention to decline such engagement, or to seek an appropriate amendment to this agreement.

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this letter agreement by facsimile, email or other form of electronic transmission shall be deemed to constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart. This letter agreement and any related dispute shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State.

In witness whereof, the parties have caused this agreement to be executed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first set forth above.


Yours faithfully
Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Accepted and Agreed:
MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 14

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Introduction

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “ Code ”) describes the basic principles of conduct that we share as officers and employees of Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (the “ Company ”). This Code also applies to our directors and should be provided to and followed by our agents and representatives, including our consultants. Violation of this Code may result in disciplinary action, varying from reprimand to dismissal.

This Code is intended to provide a broad overview of basic ethical principles that guide our conduct. In some circumstances, we maintain more specific policies on the topics referred to in this Code. Should you have any questions regarding these policies, please contact your supervisor or a member of Company management.

Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

We comply with all laws, rules and regulations of the places where we do business. If a law, rule or regulation is unclear, or conflicts with a provision of this Code, you should seek advice from supervisors or our General Counsel, but always seek to act in accordance with the ethical standards described in this Code.

Conflicts of Interest

We conduct our business affairs in the best interest of our Company and should therefore avoid situations where our private interests interfere in any way with our Company’s interests. We need to be especially sensitive to situations that have even the appearance of impropriety and promptly report them to a supervisor, or if appropriate, our General Counsel. If you believe that a transaction, relationship or other circumstance creates or may create a conflict of interest, you should promptly report this concern. It is our policy that circumstances that pose a conflict of interest for our employees are prohibited unless a waiver is obtained from an appropriate Company officer as further described below.

Record-Keeping

We require honest and accurate recording and reporting of information in order to make responsible business decisions. We document and record our business expenses accurately. Questionable expenses should be discussed with the appropriate personnel, including our Chief Financial Officer.

All of our books, records, accounts and financial statements are maintained in reasonable detail, appropriately reflect our transactions and conform both to applicable legal requirements and to our system of internal controls.


We avoid exaggeration, derogatory remarks, guesswork or inappropriate characterizations of people and companies in our business records and communications. We maintain records according to applicable record retention policies. In the event of pending or threatened litigation or governmental investigation, please consult our General Counsel.

Public Reporting

We are a public company and as a result file reports and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) and the Nasdaq Stock Market (“ NASDAQ ”), on which our securities trade (at such time when such requirements are applicable to the Company). We also issue press releases and make other public statements that include financial and other information about our business, financial condition and results of operations. We endeavor to make full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents we file with, or submit to, the SEC and in our press releases and public communications (at such time when such requirements are applicable to the Company).

We require cooperation and open communication with our internal accountants and outside auditors. It is illegal to take any action to fraudulently influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead any internal accountants or external auditor engaged in the performance of an audit of our financial statements.

The laws and regulations applicable to filings made with the SEC, including those applicable to accounting matters, are complex. While the ultimate responsibility for the information included in these reports rests with senior management, other employees may participate in the preparation of these reports or provide information included in these reports. We maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that the information included in the reports that we file or submit to the SEC is collected and communicated to senior management in order to permit timely disclosure of the required information.

If you are requested to provide, review or certify information in connection with our disclosure controls and procedures, you must provide the requested information or otherwise respond in a full, accurate and timely manner. Moreover, even in the absence of a specific request, you should report any significant information that you believe should be considered for disclosure in our reports to the SEC.

If you have questions or are uncertain as to how our disclosure controls and procedures may apply in a specific circumstance, promptly contact your supervisor or a more senior manager. We want you to ask questions and seek advice. Additional information regarding how to report your questions or concerns (including on a confidential, anonymous basis) is included below in this Code under the heading “Reporting Illegal or Unethical Behavior.”

Insider Trading

We do not trade in Company stock or other securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the Company, nor do we “tip” others who may trade in Company securities. Insider trading is both unethical and illegal and will be dealt with decisively.

 

- 2 -


Competition and Fair Dealing

We compete fairly and honestly. We do not engage in unethical or illegal business practices.

Business Entertainment and Gifts

We recognize that business entertainment and gifts are meant to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage. Neither we nor our family members offer, give or accept any gift or entertainment unless it: (a) is not a cash gift, (b) is consistent with customary business practices, (c) is not excessive in value, (d) cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff and (e) does not violate any laws or regulations. Any questionable gift or invitation should be discussed with a supervisor, or, if appropriate, our General Counsel.

Discrimination and Harassment

Having a diverse employee workforce can be a tremendous asset. We provide equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate discrimination or harassment of any kind. Derogatory comments based on racial or ethnic characteristics, unwelcome sexual advances and similar behavior are prohibited.

Health and Safety

We are committed to providing a safe and healthy work environment. We ensure a safe and healthy work environment by following safety and health rules and practices and promptly reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions to a supervisor or more senior manager.

We do not permit violence or threatening behavior in our workplaces. We report to work in condition to perform our duties at our best, free from the influence of illegal drugs or alcohol. We do not tolerate the use of illegal drugs in the workplace.

Confidentiality

We protect confidential information. Confidential information includes, and even if not relevant now will include, proprietary information such as our trade secrets, patents, trademarks, copyrights, business, marketing plans, sales forecasts, engineering and manufacturing ideas, designs, databases, records, salary information and unpublished financial data and reports, as well as any non-public information that might be of use to competitors or harmful to us or our customers if disclosed. It also includes information that third-parties have entrusted to us on a confidential basis. Our personal obligation not to disclose confidential information continues even after employment ends.

Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

Theft, carelessness, and waste of Company assets have a direct impact on us and should be avoided. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be immediately reported to a supervisor or, if appropriate, a more senior manager for investigation. We carefully safeguard our confidential information. Unauthorized use or distribution of confidential information is prohibited and could also be illegal, resulting in civil or even criminal penalties.

 

- 3 -


Payments to Government Personnel

In compliance with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, we do not give anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. We do not promise, offer or deliver to any foreign or domestic government employee or official any gift, favor or other gratuity that would be illegal.

The laws or customs of other countries in which we operate may be less clear. It is our policy to comply with those laws or customs; however, if a local law or custom seems to contradict the principles described in this Code, contact a supervisor or our General Counsel for guidance.

Waivers

Consistent with NASDAQ rules, only our Board of Directors (“ Board ”) may waive a provision of this Code for our executive officers or directors, and any waiver should be promptly disclosed to the Company’s stockholders. Waivers of this Code for any other employee may be made only by our General Counsel, and then only under special circumstances.

Reporting Illegal or Unethical Behavior

In order to encourage reports of illegal or unethical behavior (including violations of this Code), we keep all reports confidential and do not allow retaliation for good faith reports of possible misconduct by others. It is also our duty to cooperate in internal investigations of alleged misconduct.

We must all work to ensure prompt and consistent action against unethical or illegal behavior. Oftentimes a violation of this Code will be easy to recognize and should be promptly reported to a supervisor or, if appropriate, a more senior manager. However, in some situations it is difficult to know right from wrong. Since none of us can anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important that we have a way to approach a new or sensitive question or concern. Here are some questions that can be asked:

 

1. What do I need to know? In order to reach the right solutions, we must be as fully informed as possible.

 

2. What specifically am I being asked to do? Does it seem unethical or improper? This will focus the inquiry on the specific action in question and the available alternatives. Use judgment and common sense. If something seems unethical or improper, it probably is.

 

3. What is my responsibility? In most situations, there is shared responsibility. Should colleagues be informed? It may help to get others involved and discuss the issue.

 

- 4 -


4. Have I discussed the issue with a supervisor? This is the basic guidance for all situations. In many cases, a supervisor will be more knowledgeable about the question and will appreciate being brought into the decision-making process. Remember that it is the supervisor’s responsibility to help solve problems.

 

5. Should I seek help from Company management? In the case in which it may not be appropriate to discuss an issue with a supervisor, or where you would not be comfortable approaching a supervisor with your question, discuss it with our General Counsel. If for some reason you do not believe that your concerns have been appropriately addressed, you should notify our Chief Executive Officer. Alternatively, we have established procedures to permit confidential, anonymous submissions of concerns regarding alleged violations of this Code, including concerns with respect to questionable accounting or auditing matters. Confidential anonymous submissions should be mailed directly to our General Counsel at Modern Media Acquisition Corp., 1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.

 

6. What if I have a complaint or concern about an accounting matter? If you have a complaint or concern about an accounting matter such as questionable accounting, internal controls or audit matters, you can report your complaint or concern on a confidential and anonymous basis. All complaints and concerns regarding accounting matters will be forwarded to our General Counsel. Our General Counsel will summarize the complaints and concerns for the Audit Committee of our Board. As appropriate, the Audit Committee or, at the direction of the Audit Committee, the General Counsel will (a) determine whether the complaint actually pertains to accounting matters; (b) for complaints regarding accounting matters, initiate an appropriate investigation under the supervision and direction of the Audit Committee; and (c) for complaints regarding all other matters, refer the matter to the appropriate Company officer for investigation and resolution.

Enforcement

Violations of this Code may result in disciplinary action, varying from reprimand to dismissal.

Conclusion

The Company’s good name and reputation depend, to a very large extent, upon you taking personal responsibility for maintaining and adhering to the policies and guidelines set forth in this Code. Your business conduct on behalf of the Company must be guided by the policies and guidelines set forth in this Code.

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 of our report dated February 24, 2017, relating to the balance sheets of Modern Media Acquisition Corp. as of March 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in member’s equity and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2016 and for the period from June 9, 2014 (inception) to March 31, 2015, and to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

Morristown, New Jersey

March 23, 2017

Exhibit 99.1

CHARTER OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

of the

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

of

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(Effective             , 2017)

Purposes

The primary purposes of the Audit Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Modern Media Acquisition Corp. (the “ Company ”) are to assist Board oversight of (1) the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, including oversight of the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Company and the audits of the financial statements of the Company, (2) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) the qualifications and independence of the Company’s independent registered public accountants or auditors (the “ Auditors ”), and (4) the performance of the Company’s Auditors and internal audit function (including, as applicable, any outside firm engaged to perform the internal audit function).

The Committee shall also prepare and approve the report required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) to be included in the Company’s annual proxy statement. The Committee does not itself prepare financial statements or perform audits, and its members are not auditors or certifiers of the Company’s financial statements. It is not the duty of the Committee to conduct audits or to determine that the Company’s financial statements and disclosures are complete and accurate and are in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“ GAAP ”) and applicable rules and regulations. These are the responsibilities of management and the Auditors.

Composition

The Committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, each of whom shall meet the independence requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market (“ NASDAQ ”) and any other requirements imposed by the Company’s bylaws and applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Board will select the members and the chair of the Committee. If the Board fails to appoint a chair, the members of the Committee may designate a chair by a majority vote of the full Committee. Each Committee member will serve at the pleasure of the Board for such term as the Board may decide or until such Committee member is no longer a Board member.

Each member of the Committee shall be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement, upon appointment to the Committee and throughout service on the Committee, pursuant to the rules of the NASDAQ. At least one member of the Committee shall be an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The Company does not limit the number of public company audit committees on which a Committee member serves, provided that if a member does serve on more than three public company audit committees (including the Committee), the Board shall determine whether this simultaneous service would impair the ability of the member to serve on the Committee.


Duties and Responsibilities

The Committee will:

 

    Engagement of Auditors : be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of any registered public accounting firm engaged (including resolution of disagreements between management and the Auditors regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company, and the Auditors shall report directly to the Committee.

 

    Terms of Audit and Non-Audit Engagements : have sole authority to, and must, pre-approve all audit, review and attest services and permissible non-audit services from the Auditors and related fees and other terms of engagement of the Auditors, including specific pre-approval of internal control-related services as set forth in Section 10A of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the SEC, and the Committee shall receive certain disclosure and documentation, and engage in discussion of non-prohibited tax services by the Auditors based on Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“ PCAOB ”) Rule 3524 or any successor rules or regulations. The Committee may confer with Company management on these matters but may not delegate this responsibility to management. All approvals of non-audit services on behalf of the Committee shall be promptly reported to an appropriate officer of the Company having primary responsibility for the SEC reports filed by the Company so that these approvals may be timely disclosed as required by SEC rules.

 

    Delegated Pre-approval Authority : to the extent permitted by applicable SEC rules and if and when deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee, delegate to one or more of its members, or establish reasonably detailed pre-approval policies and procedures pursuant to which management shall have, the authority to engage permissible services from the Auditors, provided that all such decisions to engage any permissible service shall be reported to the full Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

 

    Prohibited Non-Audit Services : not engage the Auditors for non-audit services prohibited by law or regulation or that would impair the independence of the Auditors as described in Section 210.2-01(c)(4) of SEC Regulation S-X or any successor rules or regulations.

 

    Auditor Partner Rotation and Conflicts : not engage an accounting firm to perform audit, review or attest services unless (1) such accounting firm has confirmed to the Committee that it is independent within the meaning of SEC Regulation S-X and other applicable SEC rules; and (2) the audit partners on such engagement are in compliance with the audit partner rotation requirements of applicable SEC and PCAOB rules and regulations and applicable rules of NASDAQ.

 

2


    Complaints : establish procedures for (1) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and (2) the confidential, anonymous submission by the Company’s employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

    Report of Auditors : at least annually, obtain and review a report by the Auditors describing (1) the Auditor’s internal quality-control procedures, (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the Auditors, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the Auditors, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues, and (3), in order to assess the Auditor’s independence, all relationships between the Auditors and the Company.

 

    Evaluation of Auditors : annually evaluate, taking into account the opinions of management and the Company’s internal auditors, the Auditor’s qualifications, performance and independence, including a review and evaluation of the lead partner of the Auditors. The Committee will present its conclusions with respect to the Auditors to the Board, along with any recommendations regarding lead audit partner or audit firm rotation.

 

    Obtain Required Independence Disclosures : receive from the Auditors a formal written disclosure and statement of all relationships between such firm and the Company, as well as any other written independence disclosures required by the PCAOB, and engage in a dialogue with the Auditors with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the Auditors.

 

    Critical Accounting Policy Report : timely request and receive from the Auditors the report required in connection with the annual audit pursuant to applicable SEC rules concerning (1) all critical accounting policies and practices used, (2) all alternative treatments of financial information within GAAP and practices related to material items that have been discussed with the Company’s management, including (a) ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments and (b) the treatment preferred by the Auditors, and (3) other material written communications between the Auditors and management, such as any management letter or schedule of uncorrected misstatements. This report will also include the overall audit strategy, critical accounting estimates, significant unusual transactions, difficult or contentious matters, going concern assessment, material written communications, departures from the standard report and other matters arising from the audit that are significant to the oversight of the Company’s financial reporting process.

 

3


    Review of Financial Statements : meet to review and discuss the Company’s annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the Auditors, including a review of the specific disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    Recommend Filing of Audited Financial Statements : recommend whether or not the audited financial statements should be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for filing with the SEC.

 

    SAS 100 Review : discuss with the Auditors the financial statements and review findings, including any significant adjustments, management judgments and accounting estimates, significant new accounting policies and disagreements with management and any other matters described in SAS 100.

 

    Earnings Releases and Other Financial Information : discuss the Company’s earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies.

 

    Risk Assessment and Management : discuss policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including those governing the process by which the Company’s chief executive officer and other members of senior management assess and manage the Company’s exposure to risk. The discussions will include the Company’s major financial risk exposures and the steps that management has taken to monitor and control such exposures.

 

    Periodic Review Sessions : meet separately, periodically, with management, with the internal auditors and with the Auditors.

 

    Review of Audit : review with the Auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response. These reviews will include any difficulties the Auditors encountered in the course of their audit work, including any restrictions on the scope of the Auditors’ activities or on access to requested information, and any significant disagreements with management. These reviews will also include discussion of the responsibilities, budget and staffing of the Company’s internal audit function.

 

    Hiring of Employees of Auditors : set clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the Auditors, taking into account the pressures that may exist for auditors consciously or subconsciously seeking a job with the Company they audit.

 

   

Internal Audit : (1) approve the appointment, replacement, reassignment or dismissal of the director of internal audit (or the outside firm engaged to perform the internal audit function), who shall report to the Company’s chief financial officer on administrative matters, but shall substantively report directly to the Committee, (2) consider and review, in consultation with the director of internal

 

4


 

audit (or the outside firm engaged to perform the internal audit function) and the Auditors, the audit scope and plan of the internal auditors, and (3) consider and review with management and the director of internal audit (or the outside firm engaged to perform the internal audit function) (a) significant findings during the year and management’s responses thereto, (b) any difficulties encountered in the course of their audits, including any restrictions on the scope of their work or access to required information, (c) any changes required in the planned scope of their audit plan, and (d) the internal audit budget, staffing and annual performance.

 

    Disclosure and Internal Controls : periodically review with management the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting as defined in applicable SEC rules.

 

    Related Party Approvals : review and approve all transactions between the Company and a “related party,” as such term is defined in the rules of the NASDAQ and by the SEC.

 

    Board Reports : at each regular meeting of the Board, provide a report regarding the activities of the Committee since the last regular meeting of the Board. In addition, the Committee will review with the Board any issues that arise with respect to the quality or integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, the performance and independence of the Auditors or the performance of the internal audit function.

 

    Other Functions : perform any other activities consistent with this charter, the rules of the NASDAQ, the Company’s bylaws and applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Meetings

The Committee will meet at least quarterly and as often as necessary to carry out its responsibilities. The Committee may also hold special meetings or act by unanimous written consent (which may be provided in writing or by electronic transmission) as the Committee may decide.

The Committee, as it may determine to be appropriate, may meet in separate executive sessions with the Auditors, other directors, the chief executive officer and other Company employees, agents, attorneys or representatives invited by the Committee.

Procedures

The Committee may establish its own procedures, including the formation and delegation of authority to subcommittees, in a manner not inconsistent with this charter, the Company’s bylaws or the rules of NASDAQ.

The chair or a majority of the Committee members may call meetings of the Committee. Unless the Committee or the Board adopts other procedures, the provisions of the Company’s bylaws

 

5


applicable to meetings of Board committees will govern meetings of the Committee. The Committee shall keep written minutes of its meetings and deliver copies of the minutes to the corporate secretary for inclusion in the corporate records.

Access and Resources

The Committee is at all times authorized to have direct, independent access to the Auditors as well as the Company’s other directors, management and personnel, as well as books, records and facilities to carry out the Committee’s purposes, duties and responsibilities. The Committee is authorized to communicate in confidence with any of these individuals. The Committee is authorized to conduct investigations, and to retain, at the expense of the Company, independent legal, accounting, financial, governance, or other professional advisers selected by the Committee, for any matters relating to the purposes of the Committee.

The Company shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of (1) compensation to any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company, as well as any non-audit services approved by the Committee, (2) compensation to any advisers employed by the Committee, and (3) ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties.

Nothing in this charter is intended to preclude or impair the protection provided in Section 141(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for good faith reliance by members of the Committee on reports or other information provided by others.

Annual Review

At least annually, (1) the Committee shall review and assess the adequacy of this charter and recommend any changes to the Board and (2) the Committee shall evaluate its own performance and report the results of this evaluation to the Board.

 

6

Exhibit 99.2

CHARTER OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

of the

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

of

MODERN MEDIA ACQUISITION CORP.

(Effective             , 2017)

1. Purpose; Duties . The primary purposes of the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Modern Media Acquisition Corp., (the “ Company ”) are to: (a) assist the Board in meeting its responsibilities with regard to oversight and determination of executive compensation, including the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer; (b) to administer or provide for the administration of the Company’s equity-based or equity-linked compensation plans, bonus or other incentive plans and deferred compensation plans, when and if adopted, after consultation with management and (c) any such other actions within the scope of this charter (this “ Charter ”) as the Committee or Board deems necessary or appropriate.

2. Membership; Appointment . The size of the Committee shall be determined by the Board, but it shall consist of no fewer than two members. Each member of the Committee: (1) shall satisfy the applicable independence requirements set forth in the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market; (2) shall be an “ outside director ” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code; (3) shall be a “ non-employee director ” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (4) shall satisfy any other requirements imposed by applicable law, regulations or rules. In determining whether a Board member is eligible to serve on the Committee, the Board must consider all factors specifically relevant to determining whether the Board member has a relationship to the Company that is material to the Board member’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a Committee member or that would impair the Board member’s ability to make independent judgments about the Company’s executive compensation. These factors must include but are not limited to (i) the source of compensation of the Board member, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the Company to the Board member and (ii) whether the Board member is affiliated with the Company, a subsidiary of the Company or any affiliate of a subsidiary of the Company.

The members of the Committee will be appointed by and serve at the discretion of the Board. Committee members may be removed at any time by a majority vote of independent directors. The Board will appoint the Chairperson of the Committee. If the Board fails to appoint a Chairperson, the members of the Committee may designate a Chairperson by majority vote of the full Committee.

3. Specific Responsibilities and Duties . The Board delegates to the Committee the express authority to do the following, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, rules and regulations, and the Company’s charter and by-laws:

(a) The Committee will develop and implement the Company’s compensation policies and programs for Executive Officers (as such term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and related rules and regulations).

(b) The Committee will review and approve, at least annually, corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and the other Executive Officers of the Company.


(c) The Committee will evaluate the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and the other Executive Officers in the light of those corporate goals and objectives. The Committee will approve the calculation of the Chief Executive Officer’s and the other Executive Officers’ incentive compensation based on the applicable performance metrics used in evaluating the Executive Officers. The Committee will determine and approve compensation levels for the Executive Officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, based on those evaluations and any other factors as it deems appropriate. The Committee will review and approve, as appropriate (i) base salary, (ii) annual bonus, (iii) long-term incentive compensation, including any equity or equity-linked compensation, and (iv) any other compensation, perquisites, and special or supplemental benefits for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Officers, when and if adopted. The Chief Executive Officer may not be present during voting or deliberations by the Committee on his or her compensation.

(d) The Committee will make recommendations to the Board with respect to the approval, adoption and amendment of all cash- and equity-based incentive compensation plans in which any Executive Officer of the Company participates. The Committee will also make recommendations to the Board with respect to the approval, adoption and amendment of all other equity-based plans.

(e) The Committee will administer the Company’s equity-based incentive compensation plans, when and if adopted, and will provide for the administration of the other plans adopted by the Board that contemplate administration by the Committee. The Committee or a subcommittee (or their designees) shall approve all grants of stock options and other equity-based awards, subject to the terms and conditions of applicable plans and law (for the avoidance of doubt, the Committee or a subcommittee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company its authority to approve grants of stock options and other equity-based awards, subject to the terms and conditions of such delegation and applicable plans and law). The Committee’s administrative authority shall include the authority to approve the acquisition by the Company of shares of the Company’s stock from any plan participant.

(f) The Committee will review and approve any proposed employment agreement with, and any proposed severance or retention plans or agreements applicable to, any Executive Officer of the Company. The Committee shall review and approve any severance or other termination payments proposed to be made to any Executive Officer of the Company.

(g) The Committee will review, or cause to be reviewed, and recommend to the Board appropriate director compensation programs for non-employee directors, Committee chairs, and Committee members, consistent with any applicable requirements of the listing standards and applicable laws for independent directors and including consideration of cash and equity components.

(h) The Committee will periodically conduct a risk assessment of the Company’s compensation plans and programs and discuss with the Board whether such plans and programs are designed in a manner that creates incentives for employees to take inappropriate or excessive risk.

(i) The Committee will review and discuss with the Company’s management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“ CD&A ”) required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K Item 402 (at such time when such requirement is applicable to the Company). Based on such review and discussion, the Committee will determine whether to recommend to the Board that the CD&A be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and proxy statement for the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders.

(j) The Committee will provide, over the names of the members of the Committee, the Committee report required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K Item 407 for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and proxy statement for the annual meeting of Company’s stockholders (at such time when such requirement is applicable to the Company).

 

- 2 -


(k) The Committee will review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter on an annual basis (or more frequently as necessary) and recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval. The Committee will also publish the Charter as required by the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market (or successor exchange), applicable law and as otherwise deemed advisable by the Committee.

(l) At least annually, the Committee will evaluate its own performance and report the results of this evaluation to the Board.

(m) The Committee will perform any other activities consistent with this Charter, the Company’s by-laws and governing law as the Committee or the Board deems necessary or appropriate.

4. Meetings . The Committee will meet with such frequency and at such times as its Chairperson, or a majority of the Committee, determines. A special meeting of the Committee may be called by the Chairperson and will be called promptly upon the request of any two Committee members. Additionally, the Committee may also act by unanimous written consent (which may be provided in writing or by electronic transmission) as the Committee may decide. The agenda for each meeting will be prepared by the Chairperson and circulated to each member of the Committee prior to the meeting date. Unless the Committee or the Board adopts other procedures, the provisions of the Company’s by-laws applicable to meetings of the Board will govern meetings of the Committee. At each regular meeting of the Board, the Committee will give a report regarding any actions taken by the Committee since the last regular meeting of the Board.

5. Minutes . The Committee will keep minutes of each meeting.

6. Reliance; Experts; Cooperation .

6.1 The Committee may, in its discretion, delegate all or a portion of its duties and responsibilities to a subcommittee of the Committee. In particular, the Committee may delegate the approval of certain transactions to a subcommittee consisting solely of members of the Committee who are (1) “ non-employee directors ” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (2) “ outside directors ” for the purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

6.2 The Committee has the following specific responsibilities and authority with respect to the retention of advisers:

(a) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser;

(b) The Committee shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser retained by the Committee;

(c) The Company must provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of reasonable compensation to a compensation consultant, legal counsel or any other adviser retained by the Committee;

 

- 3 -


(d) The Committee may select, or receive advice from, a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser to the Committee only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management, including the following:

 

  (i) the provision of other services to the Company by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser;

 

  (ii) the amount of fees received from the Company by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser, as a percentage of the total revenue of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser;

 

  (iii) the policies and procedures of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest;

 

  (iv) any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser with a member of the Committee;

 

  (v) any stock of the Company owned by the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; and

 

  (vi) any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel, other adviser or the person employing the adviser with an Executive Officer of the Company.

However, the Committee is not required to conduct an independence assessment for in-house legal counsel or a compensation adviser that acts in a role limited to the following activities for which no disclosure is required under Regulation S-K Item 407(e)(3)(iii): (1) consulting on any broad-based plan that does not discriminate in scope, terms, or operation, in favor of Executive Officers or Board members, and that is available generally to all salaried employees; or (2) providing information that either is not customized for a particular issuer or that is customized based on parameters that are not developed by the adviser, and about which the adviser does not provide advice.

(e) The Committee shall also have appropriate resources and authority to discharge its responsibilities under this Charter.

6.3 In carrying out its duties, the Committee is permitted and will act in reliance on management, the independent public accountants, internal auditors, and outside advisers and experts, as it deems necessary or appropriate.

6.4 The Committee has the power, in its discretion, to conduct any investigation it deems necessary or appropriate to enable it to carry out its duties.

6.5 The Committee will have unrestricted access to the independent registered public accountants, the internal auditors, internal and outside counsel, and anyone else in the Company, and may require any officer or employee of the Company or the Company’s outside counsel or independent registered public accountants to attend any meeting of the Committee or to meet with any members of, or consultants or advisers to, the Committee.

 

- 4 -